United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response
Washington, DC 20460
Version 4.0
March 11, 1992
Superfund
vvEPA WasteLAN
System Administration Manual
GO
a
CO
-------
-------
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF WASTELAN 1-1
1.1.1 Headquarters Requirements 1-1
1.1.2 Regional Program Management 1-1
1.2 Description 1-1
1.3 SYSTEM STRUCTURE 1-2
1.4 ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL 1-5
1.5 OTHER AVAILABLE REFERENCE MATERIALS 1-6
CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.1 ACCESS PROCEDURES 2-1
2.2 SCREEN TYPES 2-4
2.2.1 Menu Screens 2-4
2.2.2 Summary Screens 2-5
2.2.3 Combination Summary/Menus 2-6
2.2.4 Data Screens 2-7
2.3 SCREEN FEATURES 2-8
2.3.1 Data Fields 2-9
2.3.2 Comment Fields 2-10
2.3.3 Pop-Up Windows 2-10
2.3.4 Status Lines 2-12
2.3.5 Turbo Access 2-15
2.4 SCREEN OPERATION 2-15
2.4.1 Cursor Movement 2-15
2.4.2 Data Entry 2-16
2.4.3 Edit Checks 2-17
2.4.4 Error Messages 2-17
2.5 EXIT PROCEDURES 2-17
CHAPTER 3 SITE
3.1 SITE SEARCH OPTIONS 3-1
3.1.1 Site Search by EPA ID 3-2
3.1.2 Site Search by IFMS ID 3-4
3.1.3 Site Search by Zip Code 3-5
3.1.4 Site Search by State/Name 3-7
3.1.5 Site Search by Prqj Mgr 3-10
3.1.6 Site Search by Alias 3-13
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
3.2 ADD SITE 3-14
3.3 VIEW SITE 3-21
3.4 EDIT/DELETE SITE 3-24
3.5 MENU OPTIONS 3-29
3.5.1 Return to Site 3-29
3,5.2 Select Another 3-29
3.5.3 RCRA 3-30
3.5.4 Alias 3-32
3.5.5 Comments 3-34
3.5.6 PRP Information 3-37
3.5.7 Audit Trail 3-38
CHAPTER 4 EVENT
4.1 EVENT SELECTION 4-1
4.2 EDIT EVENT . . 4-7
4.3 MENU OPTIONS 4-9
4.3.1 Return to Event 4-9
4.3.2 Select Another Event 4-10
4.3.3 Select Another Activity 4-10
4.3.4 Add Opunit 4-11
4.3.5 Edit/Delete Opunit 4-12
4.3.6 Environmental Indicators 4-14
4.3.7 Add Event 4-28
4.3.8 Delete Event 4-29
4.3.9 View Site 4-31
4.3.10 Subevents 4-31
4.3.11 Comments 4-35
4.3.12 RCRA ID 4-38
4.3.13 Technical Info 4-40
4.3.14 Chemical Info 4-43
4.3.15 Financial 4-46
4.3.16 Rolodex 4-53
4.3.17 Regional Fields 4-55
4.3.18 Activity Text 4-57
4.3.19 Add/Delete Links 4-61
4.3.20 Audit Trail 4-61
4.3.21 Turbo Access 4-62
4.3.22 Review USACE Data 4-62
CHAPTER 5 ENFORCEMENT
5.1 ACTIVITY SELECTION 5-1
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92J
VERSION 4.0
-------
5.2 EDIT ACTIVITY 5-5
5.3 MENU OPTIONS 5-6
5.3.1 Return to Activity 5-6
5.3.2 Select Another Activity 5-7
5.3.3 Select Another Event 5-7
5.3.4 Add Activity 5-7
5.3.5 Delete Activity 5-10
5.3.6 View Site 5-11
5.3.7 Milestones 5-11
5.3.8 Remedies 5-15
5.3.9 Statutes 5-21
5.3.10 Case Budget 5-23
5.3.11 Cost Recovery Financial 5-30
5.3.12 Comments 5-33
5.3.13 Rolodex 5-33
5.3.14 Regional Fields 5-34
5.3.15 Responsible Party Data 5-35
5.3.16 Cost Recovery Data 5-37
5.3.17 Review Activity Data 5-40
5.3.18 Print Activity Summary 5-46
5.3.19 Add/Delete Links 5-47
5.3.20 Audit Trail . 5-48
5.3.21 Turbo Access 5-48
CHAPTER 6 NON-SITE SPECIFIC
6.1 NON-SITE INCIDENT 6-1
6.1.1 Modify/View Activities 6-2
6.1.2 NSI Financial Data 6-9
6.2 TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS 6-16
6.2.1 Target Sites 6-20
6.2.2 Accomplishments 6-22
6.3 BUDGET CONTROL 6-24
6.3.1 Program (OERR) 6-25
6.3.2 Enforcement (OWPE) 6-28
6.4 ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE 6-29
6.5 OBLIGATED UNTASKED FUNDS 6-32
6.6 RA PRIORITY SITES 6-33
CHAPTER 7 ISIF
7.1 SELECTING A SITE 7-3
7.2 SELECTING AN OPERABLE UNIT 7-3
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
7.3 SELECTING AN ACTION OPTION 7-5
7.3.1 Add New SIF 7-5
7.3.2 Edit Existing SIF 7-5
7.3.3 Fast Screen Access 7-6
7.4 ENTERING DATA 7-7
7.4.1 Using Repeat Fields 7-9
7.4.2 Using the Main Status Line 7-10
CHAPTER 8 LINKS
8.1 OVERVIEW OF LINKS 8-1
8.1.1 Types of Links 8-1
8.1.2 Preparation for Links Data Entry 8-1
8.1.3 Link Records in CERCLIS 8-2
8.1.4 Link Creation in the ISIF Module 8-2
8.1.5 Links Output 8-3
8.2 ACCESSING THE LINKS MODULE 8-3
8.3 USING THE LINKS MODULE 8-4
8.3.1 Selecting a Site 8-4
8.3.2 Understanding the Links Display 8-5
8.3.3 Adding a Link Record 8-5
8.3.4 Error Conditions 8-7
8.3.5 Deleting a Link Record 8-7
8.3.6 Links Batch Routine 8-8
8.3.7 Exiting the Links Module 8-8
CHAPTER 9 USER UTILITIES
9.1 NEWS ALERTS 9-1
9.2 CHANGE PASSWORD 9-2
IV
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
APPENDIX A WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES
APPENDIX B ISIF REPORT PANEL
B. 1 OVERVIEW OF THE ISIF REPORT PANEL . . .
B.2 ACCESSING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
B.3 USING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
B.3.1 Navigating through the ISIF Report Panel . . ,
B.3.2 Selecting an ISIF Type
B.3.3 Selecting Sites
B.3.4 Selecting a Sort Order
B.3.5 Using the Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
B.4 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS MAP . . .
B.4.1 Headers and Footers
B.4.2 Site Wide Cost Recovery Status
B.4.3 Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events
B.4.4 Cluster Boxes
B.4.5 Boxing and Shading of Events and Activities
B.4.6 How Links are Illustrated
B.4.7 Unlinked Events and/or Activities
B.4.8 Error Messages
B.5 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS LIST . . .
B.5.1 Headers and Footers
B.5.2 Ordered List
B.5.3 Forward Links
B.5.4 Backward Links
B.6 EXITING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
B-l
B-2
B-3
B-3
. B-5
. B-5
. B-7
, B-8
B-13
B-15
B-15
B-15
B-16
B-16
B-16
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-18
B-19
B-20
B-20
B-21
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL LIST OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit No.
Title
Page
1-1 Superfund Data Flow ................................. 1-3
1-2 WasteLAN File Structure ............................... 1-4
2-1 LAN Menu ....................................... 2-2
2-2 WasteLAN Login Screen ............................... 2-3
2-3 WasteLAN Main Menu ................................ 2-3
2-4 Site Menu ........................................ 2-4
2-5 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen ......................... 2-5
2-6 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations) ................. 2-6
2-7 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu .................... 2-7
2-8 Site Summary "ADD" Screen ............................ 2-8
2-9 Activity Summary "ADD" Screen ......................... 2-9
2-10 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen .................... 2-10
2-11 Event Lead Pop-Up Window ............................. 2-11
2-12 Menu Screen Status Line ............................... 2-12
2-13 Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record) ................... 2-12
2-14 Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record) ................. 2-13
2-15 "ADD" Data Screen Status Line .......................... 2-14
2-16 "EDIT" Data Screen Status Line .......................... 2-14
3-1 Site Menu ........................................ 3-1
3-2 EPA ID Field ...................................... 3-2
3-3 Result of Site Search by EPA ID .......................... 3-3
3-4 Event Pop-Up Window .............................. . . 3-3
3-5 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen .......................... 3-4
3-6 IFMS ID Field ..................................... 3*5
3-7 State and Zip Code Fields .............................. 3-5
3-8 Result of Site Search by Zip Code ......................... 3-6
3-9 Search Options Pop-Up Window .......................... 3-7
3-10 State and Name Fields ................................. 3-8
3-11 State Pop-Up Window ................................. 3-8
3-12 Result of Site Search by State/Name ........................ 3-9
3-13 Project Manager Name Field ............................. 3-10
3-14 Contact Name and Phone Number Pop-Up Window ............... 3-10
3-15 Result of Site Search by Project Manager ..................... 3-12
3-16 Result of Site Search by Alias (Partial) ...................... 3-13
3-17 Zip Code Prompt .................................... 3-14
3-18 Site Add Zip Code List ................................ 3-15
3-19 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 1 of 2 ........................ 3-16
v
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/1 1/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
3-20 Pop-Up Windows for Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 3-18
3-21 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 2 of 2 3-19
3-22 RPM Names Pop-Up Window 3-19
Exhibit No. Title
Page
3-23 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 3-22
3-24 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 3-22
3-25 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2 3-23
3-26 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen) 3-24
3-27 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 2 of 2 3-24
3-28 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 3-25
3-29 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 3-26
3-30 Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site") 3-27
3-31 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen) 3-27
3-32 Site Summary Screen 2 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site") 3-28
3-33 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen) 3-29
3-34 RCRA "ADD" Screen 3-30
3-35 Hazardous Waste Pop-Up Window 3-30
3-36 Applicable Law Pop-Up Window 3-31
3-37 RCRA "EDIT" Screen Status Line 3-31
3-38 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (No Existing Information) 3-32
3-39 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (Existing Information) 3-34
3-40 Site Comments Summary Screen 3-35
3-41 Site Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID") 3-36
3-42 Federal Agency PRP Pop-Up Window 3-38
3-43 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window 3-38
4-1 Event Selection Pop-Up Window (Program Areas) 4-2
4-2 Event Selection Pop-Up Windows (Event Types/Codes) 4-3
4-3 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 4-4
4-4 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 4-4
4-5 Existing Events Pop-Up Window 4-5
4-6 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment) 4-6
4-7 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment) 4-8
4-8 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Event Summary Screen) 4-9
4-9 Existing Events Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Event") 4-10
4-10 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Activity") 4-10
4-11 Operable Unit "ADD" Screen 4-11
4-12 Existing Operable Units Pop-Up Window 4-13
4-13 Operable Unit "EDIT" Screen Status Line 4-13
4-14 Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen) 4-14
4-15 Environmental Indicators "EDIT" Screen Status Line 4-15
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
vu
-------
4-16 Add Media Pop-Up Window 4-16
4-17 Edit Media Pop-Up Window 4-17
4-18 Delete Media Pop-Up Window 4-18
4-19 Add Material Pop-Up Window 4-19
4-20 Edit Material Pop-Up Window 4-20
4-21 Delete Material Pop-Up Window 4-21
Exhibit No. Title
Page
4-22 Add Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window 4-22
4-23 Edit Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window 4-23
4-24 Delete Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window 4-24
4-25 Chemical Add Pop-Up Window 4-25
4-26 Chemical Edit Pop-Up Window 4-26
4-27 Delete Chemical Pop-Up Window 4-27
4-28 Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen) 4-28
Pop-Up Windows for Event Summary Screens 4-30
4-29 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2 4-31
4-30 Subevents "VIEW" Screen 4-32
4-31 Subevent Types Pop-Up Window 4-33
4-32 Subevents "ADD" Screen 4-34
4-33 Event Comments Summary Screen 4-36 ^^
4-34 Comment Type Pop-Up Window 4-36 ^V ')
4-35 Event Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID") 4-37
4-36 RCRA ID "VIEW" Screen 4-39
4-37 Technical Information "VIEW" Screen 4-40
4-38 Technical Information Types Pop-Up Window 4-41
4-39 Technical Information Qualifiers Prompt 4-41
4-40 Technical Information Qualifiers Pop-Up Window 4-42
4-41 Technical Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line 4-42
4-42 Chemical Summary "ADD" Screen 4-44
4-43 Valid Chemicals Pop-Up Window 4-45
4-44 Financial Types Pop-Up Window 4-46
4-45 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen 4-47
4-46 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations) 4-48
4-47 Financial Record "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligation) 4-50
4-48 Pop-Up Windows for Event Financial Data screens 4-51
4-49 Financial Data "EDIT" Screen Status Line 4-52
4-50 Rolodex Summary Screen 4-53
4-51 Rolodex Information "ADD" Screen 4-54
4-52 Rolodex Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line 4-55
4-53 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen 4-56
VUI
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/9
VERSION 4.
-------
4-54 Regional Fields Screen Status Line (Existing Data) 4-57
4-55 Activity Text Summary Screen 4-58
4-56 Activity Text Types Pop-Up Window 4-58
4-57 Activity Text Status Line (From "Select Comment ID") 4-59
4-58 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window 4-60
4-59 USAGE Event Summary Screen 1 of 4 4-64
4-60 USAGE Event Summary Screen 2 of 4 4-65
4-61 USAGE Event Summary Screen 3 of 4 4-65
4-62 USAGE Event Summary Screen 4 of 4 4-66
4-63 USAGE Milestones Screen 4-67
Exhibit No. Title
Page
5-1 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 5-2
5-2 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 5-2
5-3 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window 5-3
5-4 Activity Summary "VIEW Screen (Administrative Order) 5-4
5-5 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order) 5-5
5-6 Menu Options Pop-Up window (Activity Summary Screen) 5-6
5-7 Existing Events Pop-Up Window 5-7
5-8 Activity Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen) 5-8
5-9 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Activity Summary Screens 5-9
5-10 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 5-11
5-11 Milestones Summary Screen 5-12
5-12 Milestones "ADD" Screen 5-12
5-13 Milestone Types Pop-Up Window 5-13
5-14 Milestones "EDIT" Screen Status Line 5-14
5-15 Remedies Summary Screen 5-15
5-16 Remedies "ADD" Screen 5-16
5-17 Remedy Types Pop-Up Window 5-16
5-18 Remedy Qualifiers Prompt 5-17
5-19 Remedy Qualifier Fields 5-18
5-20 Remedy Qualifiers Pop-Up Window 5-19
5-21 Remedies "EDIT" Screen Status Line 5-20
5-22 Statutes "VIEW" Screen 5-21
5-23 Statutes Pop-Up Window 5-22
5-24 Case Budget Types Pop-Up Window 5-23
5-25 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen 5-24
5-26 Case Budget Summary Screen (Actual Obligations) 5-25
5-27 Case Budget "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligations) 5-27
5-28 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Case Budget Data Screens 5-28
5-29 Case Budget "EDIT" Screen Status Line 5-29
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
IX
-------
5-30 Cost Recovery Financial Types Pop-Up Window 5-31
5-31 Cost Recovery Financial Summary Screen 5-32
5-32 Cost Recovery Financial "ADD" Screen 5-33
5-33 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen 5-34
5-34 Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT" Screen Status Line 5-35
5-35 Responsible Party Data "VIEW" Screen 5-36
5-36 Responsible Party Data "ADD" Screen 5-37
5-37 Cost Recovery Data "VIEW" Screen 5-38
5-38 Cost Recovery Data "ADD" Screen 5-39
5-39 Response Category Pop-Up Window 5-40
5-40 Enforcement Activity Data Review Screen 5-41
5-41 Enforcement Comments Review Screen 5-41
5-42 Enforcement Milestone Data Review Screen 5-42
5-43 Enforcement Remedy Data Review Screen 5-42
Exhibit No. Title
Page
5-44 Enforcement Remedy and Qualifiers Review Screen 5-43
5-45 Enforcement Statutes Data Review Screen 5-44
5-46 Cost Recovery Financial Data Review Screen 5-44
5-47 Case Budget Financial Data Review Screen 5-45
5-48 Responsible Party Data Review Screen 5-45
5-49 Enforcement Cost Recovery Data Review Screen 5-46
5-50 Print Activity Summary Status Line 5-46
5-51 Printer Specifications Screen 5-47
5-52 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window 5-48
6-1 Non-Site Specific Menu 6-1
6-2 Non-Site Incident Menu 6-2
6-3 Non-Site Incident Activity/Fiscal Year Selection Screen 6-3
6-4 Non-Site Incident Activity Pop-Up Window 6-3
6-5 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (Existing Activity) 6-4
6-6 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen 6-5
6-7 Lead Pop-Up Window 6-6
6-8 Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT" Screen Status Line 6-7
6-9 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (No Activity) 6-8
6-10 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Financial Menu 6-10
6-11 NSI Financial Summary Screen (Planned Obligations) 6-11
6-12 NSI Financial "ADD" Screen (Planned Obligations) 6-12
6-13 Pop-Up Windows for NSI Financial Screens 6-13
6-14 NSI Financial "EDIT" Screen Status Line 6-14
6-15 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "ADD" Screen 6-15
6-16 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "DELETE" Screen Status Line 6-15
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92J
VERSION 4.0
-------
6-17 Targets/Accomplishments Menu 6-17
6-18 T/A - Remedial Pop-Up Window 6-17
6-19 Targets/Accomplishments Fiscal Year Selection Screen 6-18
6-20 Targets/Accomplishments Event Lead Selection Screen 6-19
6-21 Targets/Accomplishments Target Selection Screen 6-20
6-22 Targets/Accomplishments Target Sites Screen 6-21
6-23 Targets/Accomplishments Target Site Update Screen 6-22
6-24 Targets/Accomplishments Quarterly Accomplishments Screen 6-23
6-25 Budget Control Menu 6-25
6-26 Budget Control - Program Menu 6-26
6-27 Budget Control Fiscal Year Selection Screen (PA/SI) 6-27
6-28 Budget Control Quarter Selection Screen (PA/SI) 6-27
6-29 Budget Control Data Screen (PA/SI) 6-28
6-30 Budget Control - Enforcement Menu 6-29
6-31 Advice of Allowance Menu 6-30
6-32 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Remedial Design) 6-31
6-33 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Removal Actions) 6-31
6-34 Obligated Untasked Funds Menu 6-32
Exhibit No. Title
Page
6-35 OUF - Enforcement Menu 6-33
6-36 RA Priority Sites Pop-Up Window 6-34
6-37 RA Priority Sites Data Screen 6-34
7-1 Integrated SIF Menu 7-2
7-2 Site Selection Prompt 7-3
7-3 Site/Opunit Selection Prompt 7-4
7-4 Operable Units Pop-Up Window 7-4
7-5 Action Options Pop-Up Window 7-5
7-6 Existing ISIFs Pop-Up Window 7-6
7-7 Fast Screen Access Pop-Up Window 7-7
7-8 Typical ISIF Data Screen 7-7
7-9 Typical ISIF Data Screen Pop-Up Window 7-8
7-10 Repeat Field Status Line 7-9
7-11 Main Status Line 7-10
8-1 Links Site Selection Window (No Previous Site Accessed) 8-4
8-2 Links Pop-Up Window (Existing Link Records for Selected Site) 8-5
9-1 User Utilities Menu 9-1
9-2 News Alerts Screen 9-2
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
XI
-------
9-3
B-l
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
B-10
B-ll
Change Password Screen .............................. 9-3
Integrated SIF Menu
ISIF Report Panel
Cursor Movement Sequence
Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
Network Printers Pop-Up Window
Capture to File Pop-Up Window
New Filename Pop-Up Window
Print File Pop-Up Window
Delete File Pop-Up Window
Site Links Map
Site Links List
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-8
B-9
B-10
B-10
B-ll
B-12
B-14
B-19
Xll
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/9:
VERSION 4.0
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
-------
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1
PURPOSE OF WASTELAN
WasteLAN is an automated tracking system designed to accommodate the entry, maintenance,
and transfer of data associated with Superfund events and activities. Features in WasteLAN
equip regional personnel with the tools necessary to meet Headquarters reporting requirements.
In addition, the system supports regional program management efforts.
1.1.1
Headquarters Requirements
WasteLAN includes an upload feature for transmitting Headquarters-required data elements to
CERCLIS, the national database residing on an IBM mainframe in Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina. WasteLAN also accepts downloaded data from CERCLIS, allowing the regions
to receive updates from the Headquarters database. These downloaded updates include financial
information from the Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS), as well as data sent to
CERCLIS from CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used by the United States Army
Corps of Engineers (USAGE).
1.1.2
Regional Program Management
An integrated database provides information for both program evaluation and management
reporting of plans and accomplishments. WasteLAN tracks both region-specific and
Headquarters-required data elements. Information in the database can be used to generate
customized reports suitable for use by senior program managers.
1.2
DESCRIPTION
WasteLAN is an integrated database developed in the FoxBASE+ programming language. The
application operates on personal computers (PCs) in a multi-user, local area network (LAN)
environment. Several features in WasteLAN, such as menu-driven selection, standardized screen
formats, on-line help functions, and built-in edit checks, make the system simple to learn and
use.
The integrated nature of the WasteLAN database allows users to easily retrieve Response and
Enforcement information for a specified hazardous waste site. The system offers site-, event-,
and activity-level access. Furthermore, the ISIF and Links modules assist WasteLAN users in
constructing a composite site history by providing the means to link Response events and
Enforcement activities together.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-1
-------
INTRODUCTION
WasteLAN also includes an indirect interface to CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used
by the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE). USAGE events are distinguished in
WasteLAN by a specific value entered in the Data Share field; the CleanLAN data for these
events is available to WasteLAN users on a view-only basis. Updates to these events are sent
from CleanLAN to CERCLIS and then downloaded to the WasteLAN regional databases.
1.3
SYSTEM STRUCTURE
The WasteLAN system is accessed using personal computers in a multi-user LAN environment.
Using WasteLAN, regional staff send uploads to and receive downloads from the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System (CERCLIS).
CERCLIS is the EPA's national Superfund database residing on an IBM 3090 mainframe at
EPA's National Computer Center in Research Triangle Park (RTP), North Carolina.
CERCLIS functions as a central data tracking and transfer point for several systems involved
in Superfund information management. For example, the Integrated Financial Management
System (IFMS) tracks Superfund financial information and transmits updates to regional
WasteLAN databases via CERCLIS downloads. Likewise, as financial information is updated
in WasteLAN, it is uploaded to CERCLIS to be linked with updates from IFMS.
Note: As of this writing, the IFMS transfer to CERCLIS is not operational.
CERCLIS also interfaces with CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used by the United
States Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE, or COE). CleanLAN includes data pertaining to
USAGE events, as well as construction data sent from the Automated Management and Progress
Reporting System (AMPRS). CleanLAN data is transmitted to CERCLIS and then downloaded
to WasteLAN. CleanLAN data downloaded to WasteLAN is available on a view-only basis; it
cannot be edited in WasteLAN. Furthermore, CleanLAN personnel cannot modify data that
originates in WasteLAN.
Exhibit 1-1 shows the general flow of Superfund data coordinated by CERCLIS. Through
CERCLIS, WasteLAN indirectly shares data with IFMS, CleanLAN, and AMPRS.
1-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
INTRODUCTION
Rrwnoaf Tmadiens
Coiptol
Conttucb
Exhibit 1-1 Superfiind Data Flow
To streamline WasteLAN/CERCLIS data transfer, the file structure of WasteLAN emulates the
file structure of CERCLIS. Information is organized by event or activity category within a site
incident. Exhibit 1-2 illustrates the file structure of WasteLAN.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-3
-------
INTRODUCTION
!«
8c
1
1
i
i
*
.
i
I
13
* 1
I
S
S
*
LL
1
LL
i
b
,l
ill
H
li
. i
s li
i
. Is
c 0
1
^
2 §
1 ^
*"
sL^
s L-
HJ
« B
8 C
^
i
B J«
5i 1
s £ 5
So *
si
L^
(K«2 y
* 8 5
U2*
- IE
fi!C 5 Ll.
QO «
S
Hi
1 ?H
i '
alt
1
*
.ll
i
*
lg
s *
x Jo
s
= !?
1 ^~
i
8
Hf
fi
5
Ul
ill
i
1 "
1-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
*
-------
INTRODUCTION
1.4
ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL
This manual is intended to be both a learning and a reference tool for WasteLAN users; it is not
intended to provide programmatic coding guidance. The manual explains the functions available
in WasteLAN and includes corresponding screen illustrations. The Reports and System
Administration modules of WasteLAN are described in detail in separate documents (see Section
1.5) and are not included in this manual. The remainder of this manual is organized as follows:
Chapter 2, System Navigation and Features - describes how to access and exit the system and
includes standardized screen types, components, and operations.
Chapter 3, Site - details the site selection process and includes instructions on adding, editing,
deleting, and viewing site information.
Chapter 4, Event - explains how to access information for a specific event at a selected site and
includes detailed information on the menu options used to navigate through event-related
screens.
Chapter 5, Enforcement - demonstrates how to access information for a specified enforcement
activity at a selected site and includes detailed information on the menu options used to
navigate through activity-related screens.
Chapter 6, Non-Site Specific - presents and describes the screens used to access information not
directly related to one particular site, such as advice of allowance and target data.
Chapter 7, ISIF - describes the screens and functions used to create Integrated Site Information
Forms. The ISIF module can be used as an alternative data entry system.
Chapter 8, Links ~ explains how to use the Links module to create data relationships between
events and other events, between events and activities, and between activities and other
activities.
Chapter 9, User Utilities - illustrates two utility functions available to every WasteLAN user:
changing a password, and viewing news alerts.
Appendix A, Error Messages - lists and briefly describes common error messages encountered
in WasteLAN.
Appendix B, 75/F Report Panel - presents and describes the ISIF Report Panel.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-5
-------
INTRODUCTION
1.5 OTHER AVAILABLE REFERENCE MATERIALS
Some information concerning WasteLAN is not covered in this manual; it is contained in
separate documents. In addition, other reference materials are available that contain information
not directly related to the WasteLAN application but pertaining to the WasteLAN environment,
The following list briefly describes these additional reference materials.
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary - lists each data element used in
WasteLAN/CERCLIS and includes all aspects of field definition (i.e., type, size, etc.).
WasteLAN Reports Library - explains how to generate WasteLAN reports and provides examples
and descriptions of each report.
WasteLAN System Administration Manual - lists the specifications of the WasteLAN operating
environment, delineates the responsibilities of the WasteLAN System Administrator, and
presents and describes the screens and functions in the WasteLAN System Administration
module.
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance - establishes rules for creating links between
WasteLAN events and activities and includes instructions for creating a site map.
CleanLAN User's Manual - describes the nature and function of CleanLAN, the Superfund
tracking system used by USAGE. Since USAGE events are accessible in WasteLAN,
WasteLAN users may find it helpful to refer to the CleanLAN User's Manual for
clarification of USAGE data fields.
Superfund Program Management Manual - contains coding guidance for the entry of planning
and accomplishment data.
1-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 2
SYSTEM NAVIGATION
AND
FEATURES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
CHAPTER 2: SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
The menu-driven structure of WasteLAN makes the system easy to learn and use. In addition,
certain features common to many WasteLAN screens facilitate navigation through the system.
This chapter explains how to access WasteLAN, describes the basic screen types and features,
and demonstrates how to operate screens. The chapter concludes with exit procedures.
2.1
ACCESS PROCEDURES
As explained in Chapter 1, WasteLAN resides on a multi-user local area network (LAN). In
a typical EPA LAN environment, access to WasteLAN is controlled by passwords at two levels:
the LAN login and the WasteLAN login. To access the WasteLAN main menu, follow these
steps:
1. Select the appropriate LAN choice from the network menu.
Result: The LAN login screen appears.
2. Type your LAN user name and press < Enter >. Note: The standard EPA user
name consists of the first character of the first name followed by the first seven
characters of the last name.
3. Type your LAN password and press < Enter>. Note: If the password is eight
characters in length, it is not necessary to press < Enter >.
Result: The LAN menu (Exhibit 2-1) appears. If access to the LAN is denied,
contact the appropriate regional Superfund LAN Administrator.
4. At the LAN menu, select the "WasteLAN" option.
Result: The WasteLAN login screen (Exhibit 2-2) appears, with the user name
already entered in the Name field (taken from the LAN user name).
5. Type your WasteLAN password and press < Enter >. Note: If the password is
eight characters in length, it is not necessary to press < Enter>.
Result: The WasteLAN main menu appears (Exhibit 2-3).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-1
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Exceotion- If an invalid password is entered, the following message appears at the
bottom of the screen: ACCESS DENIED. TRY AGAIN. Wait until the message
disappears and then re-enter the password. If the login fails on the third attempt, the
same message is displayed, and then the LAN menu reappears. In the event that
access is denied, report the problem to the WasteLAN System Administrator.
HAZARD RUKXHC SYSTtt
HAZARDOUS KASTI COUXCTZOS
Exhibit 2-1 LAN Menu
2-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
SYSTEM LOGIN
NAME: EPA
PASSWORD: «****
Version 3.00
Exhibit 2-2 WasteLAN Login Screen
MENU
1} SHE 6) LINKS
2) EVENT 7) REPORTS
3) ENFORCEMENT 8} USER UTILITIES
4) NON-SITE SPECIFIC 9) SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
S) IS1F
ENTER SELECTION 1-9 Quit [ ]
Exhibit 2-3 WasteLAN Main Menu
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-3
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.2 SCREEN TYPES
There are four basic types of screens in WasteLAN: menu screens, summary screens,
combination summary/menus, and data screens. The following paragraphs briefly describe each
type of screen.
2.2.1
Menu Screens
Menu screens, like the Site menu shown in Exhibit 2-4, offer a list of options from which to
choose. Typically, these options provide access to different modules within the WasteLAN
system; some menu options may lead to other menu screens.
As the status line at the bottom of the menu screen indicates, select an option by typing its
corresponding number and pressing the key, or type L (for Leave) and press
to return to the previous screen. Some menu screens also offer a Quit option for
returning to the WasteLAN main menu.
Caution: Entering Q (for Quit) at the WasteLAN main menu terminates the current
WasteLAN login session and displays the LAN menu.
1 -ITC 1
HOJLI
1) SITE SEARCH BY EPA ID 6) SITE SEARCH BY ALIAS
2) SITE SEARCH BY 1FMS ID 7) ADD SITE
3} SITE SEARCH BY ZIP CODE 8) VIEW SITE
4) SITE SEARCH BY STATE/NAME 9) EDIT/DELETE SITE
5) SITE SEARCH BY PROJ NCR
ENTER SELECTION 1-9 Leave C ]
Exhibit 2-4 Site Menu
2-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.2.2
Summary Screens
A summary screen presents a collection of data. Site, Event, and Activity Summary screens
display a summary of data for one individual record; for example, Exhibit 2-5 illustrates the
Activity Summary screen that displays enforcement data for a specific activity at a selected site.
Status lines on single-record summary screens offer options to access additional menus, to edit
the displayed information, to leave the summary to return to the previous screen, and to quit the
module to return to the WasteLAN main menu. Some single-record summary screens, such as
the Site Summary screen, span more than one screen. In these cases, the status line includes
Forward and Back options to display the next and previous screens of information.
Other WasteLAN summary screens, such as Subevent, Milestone, and Financial summary
screens, display summary data for multiple records. For example, Exhibit 2-6 presents a (fund)
Financial Summary screen that shows all of the Actual Obligation records for a selected event
at a specified site.
Status lines on multiple-record summary screens provide options to add a new record, to edit
or delete an existing record, and to leave the summary to return to the previous screen. If a
multiple-record summary screen contains more records than can be seen on the first screen, the
status line includes "Forward" and Back options to display the next and previous screens of
information.
_ irTMMTY 7IMMAGY __^_ tfBFFU 1 OF 1 i
REF HO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED123456789
ACTIVITY: UA01 UNILATERAL ADHIN ORD SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
LEAD:
SCAP NOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
OECM CASE NO.:
OECM CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
_ ....... ..... AfTWITY hJVTA
FE PLANNING STATUS: A
SAMPL PLAN FOR APT.
3 ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
Y CHANGE DATE: 06/30/87
COMPLETE
/ / CONTACT NAME:
07/18/85 CONTACT NO.: { )
Menu options Edit Leave Quit CM]
Exhibit 2-5 Activity Summary VIEW Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-5
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
VIEW
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
ACTUAL OBLIGATION
REF NO.: 00010
OPDNIT: 00
EVENT: AR1
EPA ID: RED 123456789
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
SEQ
NO.
F
CON H
VEH S
DATE
AMOUNT
FUND
STAT
ACN
DCN
WORK
ASGN AH
NO. NO.
NEU CNT C 10/10/90
125,000 D
8TGB01PP88 PE0042
Audit/Trail
Add
Edit/delete
Comments
Leave
2.2.3
Exhibit 2-6 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)
Combination Summary/Menus
Some WasteLAN screens include both a brief summary of information and a menu. As shown
in Exhibit 2-7, the NSI Activity Summary/Menu displays background information for a selected
activity on the left side of the screen and a list of options on the right side of the screen.
2-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
NSI REGION: 01
ACTIVITY: AC03
LEAD: FE
STATE: ME
FISCAL YEAR: 90
MENU
1) NEXT ACTIVITY
2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY
3) ADD NEU ACTIVITY
4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY
5) VIEW ONLY
6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM
ENTER 1-6 Leave C
Exhibit 2-7 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu
The menu on the right side of the screen provides options for accessing other activity records
as well as for handling the activity summarized on the left side of the screen. Select an option
by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >; or, type L (for "Leave") and press
< Enter > to return to the previous screen in the system.
2.2.4
Data Screens
A data screen provides access to the individual items of information for a site, event, financial
record, etc. Exhibit 2-8 presents an example of the first of two data screens used to add a new
site to the WasteLAN database.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-7
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
REF NO.: 03783
1FHS ID NO.: 01
NAME:
STREET :
CITY:
STATE:
COUNTY HAKE:
CONGRESS DISTRICT:
OWNER INDICATOR: UN
LATITUDE:
I AT /LONG SOURCE:
USGS HYDRO UNIT:
NPL STATUS 1NDIC: N
CATEGORY:
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: N
S/l D10XIN TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE MO.: 00
Menu options Back
SUMMARY SCREEN 1 OF 2
EPA ID:
ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FED FACILITY IND1C: N
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA:
COST RECOVERY INDIC: E
SITE CLASSIFICATION: ND
STATE PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N
FINAL NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
Add Edit Leave [ ]
Exhibit 2-8 Site Summary "ADD" Screen
Data screens are used to add new information to the database and to view, update, or delete
existing information. Typically, an ADD data screen looks the same as an EDIT data screen
but offers different status line options. (See Section 2.3.4 for information on status lines.)
Most data screens contain header information at the top of the screen. This information
identifies the event or activity and site selected. Header information on data screens cannot be
edited.
Some data screens offer view-only access to the displayed data; for example, Budget Control
data in the Non-Site Specific module is entered and modified by Headquarters personnel and
cannot be added, edited, or deleted by the regions (see Chapter 6, Section 6.3 for more
information on Budget Control screens). On color monitors, view-only data appears in yellow
type without a shaded box.
View-only data screen status lines generally offer "Forward" and Back options for viewing next
and previous records, if applicable, and a Leave option for exiting the screen.
2.3
SCREEN FEATURES
Certain features are common to many WasteLAN screens and function consistently throughout
the system. The following sections describe these standard screen elements.
2-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.3.1
Data Fields
A data field is the smallest discrete piece of information in a database. A group of related data
fields form a record; for example, name, location, NPL Status indicator, and other fields
combine to form a single site record. The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary
provides specific information on the size, type, and definition of all data fields used in
WasteLAN.
Data fields usually appear as shaded boxes on WasteLAN screens. Exhibit 2-9 shows the data
fields on an Activity Summary "ADD" screen.
ADD
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: FN02 RI/FS NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: HE9570024522
SITE NAME: SH1THFIEID WASTE & TR
ACTIVITY DATA
LEAD:
SCAP NOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
OECM CASE NO.:
DECK CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
COMPLETE
/ /
/ /
PLANNING STATUS:
ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
CONTACT NAME:
CONTACT NO.: ( )
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 2-9 Activity Summary ADD Screen
Generally, the size of the shaded box indicates the length of data (number of typed characters)
allowed or required in the field. Certain fields accept alpha characters (text), others
accommodate only numbers, and still others accept only dates.
Note: Date fields in WasteLAN follow the format MM/DD/YY, where M = the
numeric equivalent of the month (from 01 to 12), D = the numeric equivalent of the day
(from 01 to 31, depending on the month), and Y = the last two digits of the year. The
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary contains specific, detailed information
concerning the size, type, and definition of all WasteLAN data fields.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-9
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Some data fields in WasteLAN are required fields, meaning that data must be entered in the
field. A blank entry (or no entry) in a required field is invalid. Generally, the cursor remains
at a required field until valid data is entered. In some cases, WasteLAN prompts the user to
enter required information when the record is saved.
2.3.2
Comment Fields
A comment field is a data field designated specifically for the entry of text. The NSI Activity
screen shown in Exhibit 2-10 includes a Comment field.
NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
ACTIVITY: AR08 ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
LEAD: (BLANK)
COMMENT:
FISCAL YEAR: 90
STATE:
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 2-10 Non-Site Incident Activity ADD Screen
While comment fields are embedded in some WasteLAN data screens, most comments for a site,
event, or activity are entered, viewed, modified, and/or deleted using a separate Comments
screen. The Comments screen is described in detail in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5.
2.3.3
Pop-Up Windows
A pop-up window is an on-line help feature designed to assist the user in entering data. A field
name with a highlighted first letter indicates that a pop-up window of valid entries is available
for that field. On monochrome monitors, the first letter of the field name appears in reverse
video; on color monitors, the first letter is highlighted in red.
2-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Entering a "?" or an invalid entry in a field linked to a pop-up window activates the pop-up
window. Exhibit 2-11 presents the pop-up window associated with the Event Lead field.
LEAD
CE
CG
EP
f
FE
FF
LA
MR
MS
OH
PS
RP
S
SN
(BLANK)
CORPS OF ENGINEERS
COAST GUARD
EPA IN-HOUSE
EPA, FUND FINANCED
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
FEDERAL FACILITY
LOCAL OR AREA-WIDE AGENCY
MIXED FUNDING-FEDERAL/RP
MIXED FUND IMG-FED/STATE
OTHER
PRP RESPONSE WITH FUNDING
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
STATE, FUND FINANCED
STATE, MO FUND MONEY
i MORE 1 ^
T I - Press V to select
Exhibit 2-11 Event Lead Pop-Up Window
When a pop-up window appears, the first entry is automatically highlighted. A quick way to
move the light bar to highlight a different entry is to type the first character of the desired entry;
if multiple entries begin with the same character, keep pressing the character until the
appropriate entry is highlighted.
In many pop-up windows, the first entry is a Return option, such as Return to Activity. This
type of option closes the window without making a selection.
Keys used to operate pop-up windows are displayed at the bottom of the window and function
as follows:
< t > Moves the light bar one line up; has no effect if the first entry is already
highlighted.
< * > Moves the light bar one line down; has no effect if the last entry is
already highlighted.
Scrolls the window to the previous page (screenful) of entries; has no
effect if the first (or only) page of entries is already displayed.
Scrolls the window to the next page (screenful) of entries; has no effect
if the last (or only) page of entries is already displayed.
Scrolls the window to the very beginning of the display and highlights the
first entry; has no effect if the first entry is already highlighted.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-11
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
< End > Scrolls the window to the very end of the display and highlights the last
entry; has no effect if the last entry is already highlighted.
<*-i >() Selects the highlighted entry, closes the pop-up window, and places the
selected entry in the data field.
Some pop-up windows appear automatically when a menu choice or status line option is selected.
These pop-up windows operate in the same manner as those connected to specific data fields.
2.3.4
Status Lines
Status lines are cues that generally appear at the bottom of each WasteLAN screen. Status line
options indicate the actions available for manipulating the currently displayed data and/or screen
and for accessing other screens.
Status lines vary among the different types of WasteLAN screens. Exhibit 2-12 presents a
typical menu screen status line.
ENTER SELECTION 1-9 Leave []
Exhibit 2-12 Menu Screen Status Line
Menu screen status lines are used to select a menu option or to return to the previous screen.
Select a menu option by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >. To return
to the previous screen, type L (for Leave) and press < Enter >.
Some menu screen status lines also offer a Quit option for returning to the WasteLAN main
menu; type Q and press < Enter > to select the Quit option.
Exception: Entering Q at the WasteLAN main menu logs you out of WasteLAN and
displays the LAN menu.
Exhibit 2-13 presents an example of the status line that appears on single-record summary
screens such as Site, Event, and Activity Summaries.
Menu options
Edit
Leave
Quit [M]
Exhibit 2-13 Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record)
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 2-13 are described below.
2-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Menu options - Selecting "M" activates a pop-up window of options for navigating through
additional screens related to the currently displayed record. Specific menu options are
explained later in Chapter 3 (Section 3.5), Chapter 4 (Section 4.3), and Chapter 5
(Section 5.3).
Edit - Entering "E" permits the modification of the displayed data by placing the cursor at the
first data entry field on the screen.
Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen. Entering L displays the previous screen.
guit - Entering "Q" displays the WasteLAN main menu.
Exhibit 2-14 illustrates the status line that appears on multiple-record summary screens such as
Subevent, Comment, and Financial summaries.
Add Edit/delete Leave
[L]
Exhibit 2-14 Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record)
Many status lines such as this one display a pre-selected option in the bracketed option entry
field. This pre-selected option is known as a default. The default option on the above status
line is L for Leave, so pressing < Enter > without typing a different option displays the screen
from which you accessed the summary.
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 2-14 are described below.
Add - Entering A displays a data screen containing blank data entry fields used to add a new
record to the database. After entering the new information in the appropriate fields,
enter A at the data screen status line to record the new information to the database.
Edit/delete - Entering E for "Edit/delete" displays the following record selection prompt: Use
or «-i - press < Enter > to select. After highlighting and selecting the desired record,
a data screen appears, showing existing information for the selected record in the data
fields.
Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen. Entering "L" displays the previous screen.
The status line that appears at the bottom of an "ADD" data screen differs slightly from the one
that appears on an "EDIT" data screen. Exhibit 2-15 shows a typical "ADD" screen status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-13
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 2-15 ADD Data Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options on the above
status line are described below.
Add - Use this option after entering the new information in the data fields. Selecting this option
records the new information to the database and displays the added record.
Edit - Select this option to modify the new information before adding it to the database.
Entering "E" sends the cursor to the first data field on the screen; use the key
to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary changes. Pressing < Enter >
at the last data field returns the cursor to the status line.
Leave - Use this option to exit the "ADD" screen without recording any new information to the
database. Entering "L" displays the previous screen.
Exhibit 2.3-8 illustrates the status line that appears on "EDIT" data screens.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave
[] 1
Exhibit 2-16 EDIT Data Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options on the above
status line are described below.
JEdit - Use this option to modify the displayed information. Entering E sends the cursor to the
first data field on the screen. Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s)
and make the necessary changes. Pressing < Enter > at the last data field returns the
cursor to the status line.
Delete - Entering D displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is N (for No), so pressing < Enter > leaves the
record unchanged. Type Y and press to delete the record and return to the
previous screen.
Save - Use this option after editing the displayed data to record the changes to the database.
After changes are made and the cursor is returned to the status line, "S" is the default
option; simply press < Enter > to save the changes and return to the previous screen.
2-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen. Entering L displays the previous screen.
2.3.5 Turbo Access
Turbo Access is a memory feature that works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event
or Activity screen. If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then the system
remembers the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen accessed. The next time
you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen accessed will be displayed.
The Turbo Access option appears in the Menu options window accessed from the status line of
an Event or Activity Summary screen. The feature operates as a toggle switch. If the Menu
options window displays the selection Turbo Access: On, then Turbo Access is already on, so
selecting the option will turn it off. If the Menu options window displays the selection Turbo
Access: Off, then Turbo Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
2.4
SCREEN OPERATION
WasteLAN screen functions depend on several standard operating characteristics. These
characteristics are described in the following sections.
2.4.1
Cursor Movement
The cursor is the small, blinking, lighted bar or box that indicates the position on the screen at
which keystrokes appear. Cursor movement within WasteLAN screens is restricted to data
fields, status lines (at the bracketed option entry fields), and pop-up window entry selection.
On ADD data screens, the cursor appears at the first data field, usually located on the upper left
side of the screen. Each time the < Enter > key is pressed, the cursor moves to the next data
field. When the cursor is positioned at the last data field, pressing moves the cursor
to the status line. In some cases, the key can be used to move the cursor to the
status line.
Exception: Some data fields are required fields; i.e., valid data must be entered
before the cursor will move to the next field. The system will not accept blank entries
in required fields.
On most data screens, the cursor cannot be moved back to a previous field using the ,
<>, or <> key. To place the cursor at a previous data field, use the key (or
press at the last data field) to access the status line. Then, enter E (for Edit). The .
cursor will return to the first data field on the screen; use the < Enter > key to move the cursor
to the appropriate field.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-15
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
In pop-up windows, cursor position is indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. The < > ,
< t >, < PgUp >, < PgDn >, < Home > , and < End > keys are all keys that can be used to
move the cursor position (light bar) to a different entry. Typing the first letter of an entry is
also a way to move the light bar to that entry. See Section 2.3.3 for more information on using
pop-up windows.
2.4.2
Data Entry
Data entry encompasses both the addition of new data and the modification of existing data in
the system. The process is the same for both ADD and EDIT data screens, except that ADD
screens contain blank fields, and EDIT screens display existing data that can be overwritten.
To enter or modify data, follow these eight steps:
1. Access the appropriate ADD or EDIT data screen.
2, If the screen is an EDIT screen, enter E (for Edit) at the status line to move the
cursor to the first data field on the screen.
3. Type the appropriate data and press < Enter >, or press < Enter > without
typing data to move the cursor to the next data field.
4. Continue entering data and/or pressing < Enter > until the cursor reaches the
status line.
Note: In some cases, the < PgDn > key can be used to move the cursor to the status
5. Review the entered/modified data for accuracy.
6. If an error is found, choose E (for Edit) at the status line, use the < Enter > key
to move the cursor to the appropriate field, and repeat steps 3 through 6.
7. If the current screen is the first (or any screen other than the last) in a series, i.e.,
SCREEN 1 OF 2, enter F (for Forward) to display the next screen, and repeat
steps 3 through 7.
8. Once all of the appropriate data has been entered/modified and verified for
accuracy, enter A at the ADD screen status line or S at the EDIT screen status
line to record the new information to the database. Entering L at the status line
before entering A or S cancels the data entry procedure, forfeits all
additions/changes, and displays the previous system screen.
2-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.4.3
Edit Checks
Many WasteLAN data fields are protected by built-in edit checks to prevent the entry of
incorrect data, such as alpha characters in numeric fields or invalid dates. For example, the
system will not permit an entry such as 04/31/90 in a date field, because April only has 30 days;
furthermore, all date fields follow the MM/DD/YY format, thus prohibiting an entry such as
30/04/90.
Some edit check routines result in error messages, as described below in Section 2.4.4. The
cursor will remain at a field protected by an edit check until valid data is entered. Consult the
WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary for more information on specific data fields and their
corresponding acceptable values.
2.4.4
Error Messages
Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines associated with
data entry and option selection. When invalid data is entered in a field or an invalid selection
is chosen on a status line, the system displays a message that briefly states the nature of the
error, such as INVALID SELECTION. PLEASE RE-ENTER. Generally, error messages
appear at the bottom of the screen (highlighted in red on color monitors) and disappear after a
few seconds.
Error messages are mentioned in this manual as they relate to the function being described.
Error messages included in the body of this text appear in uppercase, boldfaced type. In
addition, Appendix A at the end of this manual lists the most often encountered error messages
and their corresponding causes/solutions.
2.5
EXIT PROCEDURES
With the exception of the WasteLAN System Login and main menu screens (shown at the
beginning of this chapter in Exhibits 2-2 and 2-3, respectively), all other WasteLAN screens
offer a Leave option for exiting the current screen. Simply type L and press < Enter > to
return to the previous system screen.
In addition, some WasteLAN menu screens contain a Quit option for leaving the current screen
and returning to the WasteLAN main menu. When a Quit option is available, type Q and press
< Enter > to display the WasteLAN main menu. If no Quit option is available, keep selecting
the Leave option until a screen appears that has a Quit option or until the main menu appears.
To exit WasteLAN and return to the LAN menu, the WasteLAN main menu must be displayed
(use Leave and/or Quit options until the main menu appears). Then, type Q and press
< Enter > at the WasteLAN main menu to log out of the system. The regional LAN
(AutoMAXX) menu will be displayed; generally, this menu includes a choice for logging out
of the LAN.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-1?
-------
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 3
SITE
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
-------
SITE
CHAPTER 3: SITE
The WasteLAN Site module is used to retrieve information for a specific site. Search options
in the Site module provide six different methods for retrieving a site record. The Site module
also includes options to add a new site record to the database, to view information for an
existing site, and to edit or delete existing site information.
To access the Site module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter 2,
Section 2.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then, choose option 1 on the WasteLAN main
menu. The Site menu appears, as illustrated in Exhibit 3-1.
1 J"L 1
1) SITE SEARCH BY EPA ID 6) SITE SEARCH BY ALIAS
2) SITE SEARCH BY 1FHS ID 7) ADD SITE
3) SITE SEARCH BY ZIP CODE 8) VIEW SITE
A) SITE SEARCH BY STATE/NAME 9) EDIT/DELETE SITE
S) SITE SEARCH BY PROJ HGR
ENTER SELECTION 1-9 Leave [ ]
Exhibit 3-1 Site Menu
Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >. Entering ML" (for
Leave) displays the WasteLAN main menu. The remaining sections in this chapter describe the
options on the Site menu.
3.1
SITE SEARCH OPTIONS
If the Reference number for a site is not known, any one of six site search options can be used
to retrieve the desired site record. The site search routines generally follow the same pattern,
beginning with search criteria entry and ending with an
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-1
-------
SITE
Event Summary screen for a specified event at a selected site. Sections 3.1-1 through 3.1-6
describe the site search options in further detail.
3.1.1
Site Search by EPA ID
Use option 1 on the Site menu to search for a site by an EPA ID number. Selecting this option
presents a blank EPA ID field, as shown in Exhibit 3-2.
EPA ID:
Exhibit 3-2 EPA ID Field
As few as one or as many as; ten characters of the EPA ID can be entered in the EPA ID field.
Entering an incorrect EPA ID number results in the message INVALID EPA ID NO. PLEASE
RE-ENTER. Pressing < Enter > without typing any characters in the EPA ID field displays
a list of sites for which no EPA ID has been entered in the database. If there are no sites
lacking an EPA ID in the database, the cursor returns to the blank EPA ID field.
When a valid full or partial EPA ID is entered, the system displays a result list of all sites whose
EPA ID numbers meet the search criteria. Exhibit 3-3 presents an example of a list of sites
resulting from a successful site search by EPA ID.
Hint: Entering as many characters as possible in the EPA ID field speeds up the
search by narrowing the search parameters; the resulting list of sites meeting the
search criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
3-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
EPA ID:
MA
REF NO.
01120
01119
01773
01118
02199
01117
00029
00077
02198
00157
01012
EPA ID NAME
MAUimim SEAL ISLAND (NWR-DOI)
MA3111111111 U S DEFENSE FUEL SUPPORT-PT SEARSPORT
MA4111111111 NAVAL SECURITY GROUP ACTIVITY
MAS111111111 U S DEFENSE FUEL SUPPORT-PT CASCO BAY
KA6111111111 USN NAVAL COMMUNICATION UNIT
MA711 1111111 US NAVY PORTSMOUTH NAVAL SHIPYARD
MA8111111111 BRUNSWICK NAVAL AIR STATION
MA9111111111 LORING AIR FORCE BASE
MA2111111111 USCG BASE SOUTH PORTLAND
MA0007800000 MILLINGTON ENTERPRISES
MAD00054S656 INT MINERALS AND CHEMICALS CORP
CITY
M1DDLEBRIDGE
SEARSPORT
U1NTER HARBOR
HARPSWELLCSO HARP
CUTLER
KITTERY
BRUNSWICK
LIMESTONE
SOUTH PORTLAND
LINCOLNVILLE
ORRINGTON
Forward Select Change Leave [ ]
Exhibit 3-3 Result of Site Search by EPA ID
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. Enter
T" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the EPA ID field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid site
reference number. It is not necessary to enter any leading zeros of the reference number; for
example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123". The system displays a pop-up
window listing all events in the database for the selected site. An example of an event pop-up
window is illustrated in Exhibit 3-4.
Kcr NU.
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
uu -
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
CVI
DS1
HR1
NF1
NP1
PA1
RI1
RV2
RV3
RVA
RETURN TO EPA ID SEARCH
DISCOVERY
HAZARD RANKING/NPL LISTING
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSED FOR NPL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION
REMOVAL ACTION
REMOVAL ACTION
REMOVAL ACTION
Exhibit 3-4 Event Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-3
-------
SITE
Selecting the "Return to Site Search by EPA ID" option at the top of the window closes the
window without selecting an event. Use the < i > and keys to scroll the light bar
forward in the window; use the < t > and keys to scroll back to previous events.
When the desired event is highlighted, press to select it. This action closes the
pop-up window and displays the Event Summary screen that corresponds to the selected event
at the specified site. Exhibit 3-5 presents an example of an Event Summary screen; this screen
is described in detail in Chapter 4, Section 4.2.
REF HO.; 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT; PA1
EVENT LEAD: F
SCAP NOTE:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
FIRST START INDICATOR:
CONTACT NAME:
EVENT SUMMARY i SCREEN 1 OF 1
EPA ID: MA1656565656
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELO WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
EVENT DATA
PLANNING STATUS:
EVENT QUALIFIER: H
COMPLETE CAC/TDD NO.:
/ / CAC AMND NO.:
01/01/83 PROJECT NO.:
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR:
CONTACT NO.: { )
Menu options
Edit Leave Quit t 1
Exhibit 3-5 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen
To search for another site using a different EPA ID, enter "C" (for "Change") at the status line
of the search result list (see Exhibit 3-3). The result list disappears and the cursor returns to a
blank EPA ID field; enter a new EPA ID number to search the database using different criteria.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line of the result list displays the Site menu.
3.1.2
Site Search by IFMS ID
Option 2 on the Site menu is used to search for a site using an IFMS ID number. Choosing this
option displays a blank IFMS ID field, as shown in Exhibit 3-6.
3-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
IFMS ID:
Exhibit 3-6 IFMS ID Field
i
Type the IFMS ID of the desired site and press < Enter >. It is not necessary to type the
leading zeros of the IFMS ID number; for example, "0123" can be entered as "123." Entering
an incorrect IFMS ID number results in the message INVALID IFMS ID NO. PLEASE
RE-ENTER. Pressing < Enter > without typing any characters displays a list of all sites for
which no IFMS ID number has been assigned. If there are no sites in the database that lack an
IFMS ID number, then the cursor returns to the blank IFMS ID field.
When a valid IFMS ID is entered, the system displays a result screen that shows the reference
number, name, and IFMS ID of the site whose IFMS ID matches the one entered. Select the
site by entering "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system presents a Ref No. field next
to the IFMS ID field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid site reference number. It is not
necessary to enter any leading zeros in the reference number; for example, reference number
"00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To change the search criteria and search for a site using a different IFMS ID, enter "C" (for
"Change") at the result list status line. The result list disappears and the cursor returns to the
blank IFMS ID field. Enter a different IFMS ID to conduct another search. Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the result list status line displays the Site menu.
3.1.3
Site Search by Zip Code
Option 3 on the Site menu is used to search for a site record using a state and zip code.
Choosing this option displays blank State and Zip Code fields, as shown in Exhibit 3-7.
STATE: ZIP CODE:
Exhibit 3-7 State and Zip Code Fields
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-5
-------
SITE
The State field is linked to a pop-up window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the
field name. Entering a "?" or an invalid state abbreviation displays a pop-up of state names
associated with the WasteLAN regional database. For example, Exhibit 3-11 (presented later
in this chapter) shows the pop-up window of state names in the WasteLAN database for Region
1.
Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid code without using the
window) moves the cursor to the Zip Code field. Type the zip code of the desired site and press
< Enter >. Entering an invalid zip code or entering a zip code without entering a state displays
the following message at the bottom of the screen: ZIP CODE NOT FOUND ... PLEASE
RE-ENTER.
When a valid state and full or partial zip code is entered, the system displays a list of all sites
whose zip code matches the one entered. Exhibit 3-8 presents an example of the result list of
a successful site search by zip code.
Hint: Entering as many characters as possible in the Zip Code field speeds up the
search by narrowing the search parameters; the resulting list of sites meeting the
search criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
Important: Entering a blank zip code (pressing < Enter > without typing characters
in the Zip Code field) displays a list of all sites for which no zip code has been
entered.
- site search by zip code p
STATE: R! ZIP CODE:
REF NO. EPA ID
NAME
ST ZIP CODE
02275 RED987654321 WHITE HALL
02321 RED123123123 JONESTOWN
RI
RI
Select Change Leave
1 ]
Exhibit 3-8 Result of Site Search by Zip Code
3-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. Enter
"F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to a previous page of entries.
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the Zip Code field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid site
reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the reference number; for
example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different zip code, enter "C" (for "Change") at the status line
of the result list (see Exhibit 3-8). The result list disappears and the cursor returns to the blank
Zip Code field; enter a new zip code to search the database using different criteria. Entering
"L" (for "Leave") at the status line of the result list displays the Site menu.
3.1.4 Site Search by State/Name
A site search may also be conducted using a state code and site name as the search criteria.
Selecting option 4 on the Site menu presents a pop-up window of search options, as shown in
Exhibit 3-9.
RETURN TO SITE MENU
EXACT SEARCH
PARTIAL SEARCH
SEARCH OPTIONS
Exhibit 3-9 Search Options Pop-Up Window
Choosing the "Return to Site Selection" option closes the window without making a selection.
The "Exact Search" option is used to find an exact match in the database for the criteria entered.
The "Partial Search" option is used to widen the search parameters by listing all sites for which
some part of the site name corresponds to the criteria entered. Selecting either of the latter two
options displays State and Name fields, as shown in Exhibit 3-10.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 3-7
-------
SITE
STATE:
NAME:
Exhibit 3-10 State and Name Fields
The State field is linked to a pop-up window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the
field name. Entering a "?" or an invalid state abbreviation displays a pop-up of state names
associated with the WasteLAN regional database. For example, Exhibit 3-11 presents the
pop-up window of state names in the WasteLAN database for Region 1.
CT
HA
ME
NH
RI
VT
ZA
CONNECTICUT
MASSACHUSETTS
MAINE
NEW HAMPSHIRE
RHODE ISLAND
VERMONT
REGION I
T I - Press ^ to select
Exhibit 3-11 State Pop-Up Window
Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid state code without using
the window) moves the cursor to the Name field. Enter the beginning characters (or words) of
a site name.
Hint: Entering as many characters as possible in the Name field speeds up the search
by narrowing the search parameters; the resulting list of sites meeting the search
criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
If "Exact Search" was chosen from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the system
displays all sites in the specified state whose names begin with the characters entered in the
Name field. If no exact matches are found in the database for the state and name entered, the
following message appears at the bottom of the screen: INVALID SITE NAME. PLEASE
RE-ENTER. When the message disappears, the cursor returns to the State field.
If "Partial Search" was selected from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the system
displays all sites in the specified state for which any pan of the site name matches the characters
entered in the Name field. For example, Exhibit 3-12 shows the result list that might appear
when "Partial Search" is chosen from the options window, "MA" is entered in the State field,
and "CORP" is entered in the Name field.
3-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
STATE:
_. L ^
MA NAME:
REF NO.
00115
01 678
01161
00014
01027
01140
01163
02231
02228
00010
01105
EPA ID NAME
MR0987654321 JONES DUMP
MR1234567890 PETERSON REMOVAL
MR1 231 231 231 THOMPSON HILLS
MR4564S64567 YEARLYS SALVAGE YARD
MR/897897891 WALKER PLASTICS CORPORATION
MR5555555555 ADK1NS BANGOR WASTE OIL CO
MR4444444444 WILLIAMS ELECTRIC
MR3333333333 JACKSON & SMITH WASTE OIL FAC
MR2222222222 SOUTHERN TRASH AND CARRY
MR11Umm REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
MR9999999999 NELSON'S GRAVEL PIT
COUNTY
KENNEBEC
WASHINGTON
FRANKLIN
AROOSTOOK
ANOROSCOGGIN
YORK
CUMBERLAND
CUMBERLAND
AROOSTOOK
MORRIS
YONKERS
Forward Back Select Change
Leave [ ]
Exhibit 3-12 Result of Site Search by State/Name
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. Enter
"F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the Name field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid site
reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the reference number; for
example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different state and/or name, enter "C" (for "Change") at the
status line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-12). The result list disappears and the cursor returns
to the State field; enter a new state/name combination to search the database using different
criteria.
If a valid code is entered in the State field, but the Name field is left blank, the system lists all
sites in the specified state. Pressing < Enter > without typing
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-9
-------
SITE
characters in either the State or Name fields displays the Site menu. Entering "L" (for "Leave")
at the status line of the result list also displays the Site menu.
3.1.5
Site Search by Proj Mgr
To search for a site associated with a particular Regional Project Manager, choose option 5 on
the Site menu. Selecting this option displays a blank Proj Mgr Name field, as shown in Exhibit
3-13.
PROJ MGR NAME: S
Exhibit 3-13 Project Manager Name Field
As the highlighted first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to a pop-up window.
Entering a "?" in the field activates a pop-up window of contact names and phone numbers.
Exhibit 3-14 illustrates the Contact Name and Phone Number pop-up window.
MANAGER NAME
JOHNSON
PHONE NO.
(703) 555-8397
Exhibit 3-14 Contact Name and Phone Number Pop-Up Window
Note: The names in this window are maintained by the regional WasteLAN System
Administrator (SA). Using a function in the WasteLAN System Administration
module, the SA can add, modify or delete Regional Project Manager names.
More names may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window. Use the <*>,
, and keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the < t >, , and
keys to scroll back to previous selections. When the
3-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
desired entry is highlighted, press the < «-> > () key to select it. This action closes
the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the Pro] Mgr Name field.
Caution: Selecting the "Retain Original Contact Name" option initiates the search
using the characters entered in the Proj Mgr Name field. Consequently, if you
entered a "?" to activate the pop-up window, the system searches on that character and
then displays the following error message: INVALID PROJ MGR NAME.
PLEASE RE-ENTER. When the message disappears, the cursor returns to the blank
Proj Mgr Name field.
Pressing < Enter > without typing any characters in the Proj Mgr Name field begins a search
for all sites in the database for which no Regional Project Manager (contact) name has been
entered. Activating the Contact Name and Phone Number pop-up window and selecting the
"Blank Out Contact Name" option has the same effect.
When a valid full or partial Project Manager name is entered, the system displays a list of all
sites that meet the search criteria. If no matches are found for the name entered, the following
message appears at the bottom of the screen: INVALID PROJ MGR NAME. PLEASE
RE-ENTER. When the message disappears, the cursor returns to the blank Proj Mgr Name
field. Exhibit 3-15 presents an example of a list of sites resulting from a successful site search
by Project Manager.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-11
-------
SITE
PROJ KGR NAME: S
REF NO.
00045
01210
00095
02028
02121
02152
01574
00060
00354
00059
00072
EPA ID PROJECT MANAGER
MZ1234567890 PETERSONE
HZD987654321 JACKSON
NZD123123123 JACKSON
NZD234234234 JACKSON
MZD343454353 JOHNSON
MZD456456456 JOHNSON
MZD567567567 JOHNSTON
HZD678678678 SAUNDERS
MZ07897S9789 WALKER
MZD909090909 WASHINGTON
MZD555555555 WILLIAN
SITE NAME
NEW GUINEEA SITE
SMITH PROPERTY
JACKSON METALS
WILSONS MACHINERY
WISCONSIN PLACE
SPACE RETAIL
MARBEL STATE PLATING
SMITHS LANDFILL
OLD SOUTH REFINERY
PETTRO'S PAINT WORKS
LEXIS MUNICIPAL LANDFILL
Select Change
Leave [ ]
Exhibit 3-15 Result of Site Search by Project Manager
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. Enter
"F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the Pro] Mgr Name field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid
site reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the reference number;
for example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123,"
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different Project Manager, enter "C" (for "Change") at the
status line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-15). The result list disappears and the cursor returns
to the Proj Mgr Name field; enter a new name to search the database using different criteria.
Entering "L" at the result list status line displays the Site menu.
3-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
3.1.6
Site Search by Alias
Option 6 on the Site menu, "Site Search by Alias," is used to search for a site by a name other
than the official site name. This option functions much like option 4, "Site Search by
State/Name." Selecting option 6 activates a pop-up window of search options (shown previously
in Exhibit 3-9) used to specify an exact or partial match of the search criteria entered. Choosing
either "Exact Search" or "Partial Search" presents a blank Name field in which to enter an alias
name.
If "Exact Search" was chosen from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the system
displays all sites in the database that have alias names beginning with the characters entered in
the Name field. If no exact matches are found for the alias name entered, the following message
appears at the bottom of the screen: INVALID ALIAS NAME. PLEASE RE-ENTER. When
the message disappears, the cursor returns to the Name field.
If "Partial Search" was selected from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the system
displays all sites in the database for which any part of the alias name matches the characters
entered in the Name field. For example, Exhibit 3-16 shows the result list that might appear
when "Partial Search" is chosen from the options window and "CORP" is entered in the Name
field.
NAME:
CORP
REF NO. EPA ID ALIAS NAME
OOSB7
00615
01143
00706
00741
00861
01041
00908
01857
01156
00313
CSAOOOOOOOOZ ACES CHEMICALS
CSA000000003 ACES MACHINE CORP
MSA054554545 ALLIED BUSINESS' CORP
MSA01 23 12333 BAXTER CORP
MSA456788900 BATES SYSTEMS CORP
MSA874387438 BATES SYSTEMS AND WHOLESALE
KSA000000004 JOSEPHS HARDWARE
MSA005000005 BRUNOS METAL CORP
CSA123456789 BRAXSTON CORP
MSA987654321 CASSIUS MINING CORP
CSA989898989 CANTEENS CORP
COUNTY
NEW HAVEN
HARTFORD
ANDROSCOGGIN
MIDDLESEX
MIDDLESEX
MIDDLESEX
OXFORD
ESSEX
NEW HAVEN
HANCOCK
LITCHFIELD
Forward Select Change
Leave. I ]
Exhibit 3-16 Result of Site Search by Alias (Partial)
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-13
-------
SITE
Hint: Entering as many characters as possible in the Name field speeds up the search
by narrowing the search parameters. The resulting list of sites meeting the search
criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. Enter
"F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages,
enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the Name field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid site
reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the reference number; for
example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window (similar to the
one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the selected site. Selecting
an event from the window displays the Event Summary corresponding to the specified site and
event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously) for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different alias name, enter "C" (for "Change") at the status
line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-16). The result list disappears and the cursor returns to the
Name field; enter a new alias to search the database using different criteria. Entering "L" at
the result list status line displays the Site menu.
3.2
ADD SITE
Option 7 on the Site menu is used to add a new site record to the database.
Important: Only users with Pre-Remedial access rights can add new site records. The
WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning the appropriate access
To reduce the potential for creating duplicate records for the same site, a zip code search is
included in the "Add Site" routine. Choosing option 7 on the Site menu presents State and Zip
Code fields, as shown in Exhibit 3-17.
| STATE: ZIP CODE:
_J
Exhibit 3-17 Zip Code Prompt
Enter the state abbreviation of the new site to be added. The State field is linked to a pop-up
window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" or an
3-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
invalid entry activates a pop-up window of state names associated with the regional database.
See Exhibit 3-11, presented earlier in this chapter, for an example of the state names pop-up
window.
Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid state abbreviation
without using the window) places the cursor at the Zip Code field. Enter the zip code of the
new site to be added. The system searches the database and presents a Site Add screen that lists
existing sites that have the zip code entered. Exhibit 3-18 presents an example of this Site Add
list.
REf NO.
00314
02322
02084
02085
02334
02320
02226
02323
01004
|
STATE: HA
EPA ID IFMS ID
MRS155553565 01D2
MRS333758649 01V3
MRS333333333
MRS555555555
MRS4444446S5 01V4
MRS111111112 01V1
MRS222222223 01C7
HRS44444444S 01 V2
MRS555555556
ZIP COOE: - 1
NAME
ADVANCED LAB TECHNOLOGIES
LEE BEACH
LEE DRUMS
HORRISTOWN
MORRISTOWN BEACH
NELSONS III
NEU SCENE BEACH
WEST BEACH
WEST SHORE
STATE
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
MR
Add
Change
Leave
Exhibit 3-18 Site Add Zip Code List
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. In this
case, the status line will include a "Forward" option for displaying the next page of entries;
subsequent pages will include a "Back" option for returning to the previous page of entries.
Inspect the list carefully to determine if the site to be added has already been initialized in the
system.
Entering "C" (for "Change") at the status line of the Site Add screen shown in Exhibit 3-18
clears the list of sites and returns the cursor to the State field. Use this option to search the
database using a different state and/or zip code.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-15
-------
SITE
If no sites are found that match the state and zip code entered, the following message appears
at the bottom of the screen: NO SITES WERE FOUND. This message also appears if the
State field is left blank and a valid zip code is entered.
When the message disappears, the system presents a Site Add screen similar to the one
illustrated in Exhibit 3-18, except that no sites are listed.
Entering a valid state and leaving the Zip Code field blank presents a Site Add screen listing all
sites in the specified state for which no zip code has been entered. Pressing at both
the State and Zip Code fields without entering data lists all sites for which neither a state nor
a zip code have been entered.
To add the new site to the database, enter "A" (for "Add") at the Site Add status line. The
system presents the first of two Site Summary "ADD" data screens. Most of the fields on the
screen are blank, but some contain default information that can be overwritten. Exhibit 3-19
presents an example of the first Site Summary "ADD" screen.
ADD
SITE SUMMARY
REF NO.: 03778
SCREEN 2 OF 2
EPA ID:
RPN/OSC NAME:
OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
SECTION CODE:
CD491 :
C0494 :
CM97 :
C0492 :
C0495 :
CD498 :
-SITE DESCRIPTION-
PHONE NO.: (
PHONE NO.: (
CM93
COt 96
ENTER:
Menu options
Back
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 3-19 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 1 of 2
The Ref No. at the top left side of the screen is a system-generated identification number that
cannot be edited. When the screen first appears, the cursor is at the EPA ID field. To ensure
that the record is properly uploaded to CERCLIS, enter a valid EPA ID according to the formula
specified in the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary.
3-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
Each lime data is entered and/or the < Enter> key is pressed, the cursor moves to the next
field in a left-to-right, top-to-bottom direction. Several fields on the Site Summary screen are
linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Exhibit
3-20 presents the pop-up windows available on the first Site Summary screen.
Important: Larger pop-up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
first page (screenful) of the window. Use the <*>, < PgDn >, and keys
to scroll forward and access additional entries; use the < t >, < PgUp >, and
keys to scroll back to previous entries.
Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «J >
() key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window, places
the selected entry in the corresponding data field, and moves the cursor to the next data field.
The cursor cannot be moved back to a previous data field using cursor movement keys (<«->,
< t > , , etc.). Instead, press < Enter > at the last data field on the
screen to place the cursor at the status line. Then, enter "E" (for "Edit"); the cursor returns to
the EPA ID field. Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the
necessary change(s).
When a valid zip code is entered in the Zip Code field, the system automatically fills in the
County Name, County Code, Latitude, Longitude, and Lat/Long Source fields. Data in the
County Code and Lat/Long Source fields cannot be edited, but data in the County Name,
Latitude, and Longitude fields can be overwritten.
Note: Changing data in the Latitude and/or Longitude fields automatically changes
the value of the Lat/Long Source from "G" (meaning system-generated) to "R"
(meaning regionally entered).
Once all of the appropriate data has been entered on the first Site Summary screen, press
< Enter > at the last data field to place the cursor at the status line. The default option is "F"
(for "Forward"), so pressing < Enter> displays the second Site Summary screen, shown in
Exhibit 3-21.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-17
-------
SITE
3-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
ADD
T.
SITE SUMMARY
REF HO.: 03778
_ SCREEN 2 OF 2
EPA ID:
RPM/OSC NAME:
OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
SECTION CODE:
C0491
COW
C0497
C0492 :
C0495 :
C0498 :
-SITE DESCRIPTION-
PHONE NO.: (
PHONE NO.: (
C0493
C0496
ENTER:
Menu options
Back
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 3-21 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 2 of 2
When the screen appears, the cursor is located at the RPM/OSC Name field. As the highlighted
first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to a pop-up window. Entering a "?"
in this field activates the pop-up window of RPM Names, illustrated in Exhibit 3-22.
RPH NAMES
RETAIN ORIGINAL CONTACT NAME
BLANK OUT CONTACT NAME
Exhibit 3-22 RPM Names Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-19
-------
SITE
Important: More RPM names may be available than can be seen in the first page
(screenful) of the window. Use the < * >, , and keys to scroll
forward and access additional entries; use the < t >, , and keys
to scroll back to previous entries. Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light
bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter
until the desired entry is highlighted.
Once the appropriate RPM Name is highlighted, press the <> () key to select it.
This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected name in the RPM/OSC Name field
and the corresponding telephone number in the Phone No. field.
Caution: Selecting the "Retain Original Contact Name" in the RPM Names pop-up
window closes the window, leaves the character(s) entered in the RPM/OSC Name
field, and moves the cursor to the next data field. Consequently, if a "?" was entered
to activate the pop-up window, this character will remain in the data field. Use the
"Edit" option on the bottom status line to return the cursor to the RPM/OSC Name
field and make the necessary change(s).
Selecting the "Blank Out Contact Name" option in the RPM Names pop-up window closes the
window, removes any characters in the RPM/OSC Name field, and moves the cursor to the next
data field. To return to the RPM/OSC Name field, use the "Edit" option on the status line at
the bottom of the screen.
The fields in the middle of the screen are regional free fields designed to accommodate
regionally defined data. Regional free field names can be changed using a function in the
WasteLAN System Administration module. (The WasteLAN System Administration Manual
provides instructions for using the System Administration module.) Regional fields accept alpha
or numeric characters; the number of allowable characters is limited to the size of the field
shown on the screen.
The Site Description field is used to enter a description of the site or directions to its location.
This field accommodates up to 240 characters of free-form text; the field scrolls automatically
as text is entered. Pressing < Enter > at this field places the cursor at the status line.
3-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
The default option on the status line is "A" (for "Add"), so pressing adds the new
site record to the database. The system then displays the following prompt at the bottom of the
screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD ALIAS? Y/N [N]. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing
< Enter > displays the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen presented and described later in Section
3.5.4. The default response to the prompt is "N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses
the Alias routine.
When the Alias routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following prompt at
the bottom of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD RCRA?
Y/N [N]. Typing MY" (for "Yes") and pressing displays the RCRA "ADD" screen
presented and described later in Section 3.5.3. The default response to the prompt is "N" (for
"No"), so pressing bypasses the RCRA routine.
If the Fed Agency PRP field (see Exhibit 3-19) contains a "Y" (for "Yes"), then when the
RCRA routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following prompt at the bottom
of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD PRP? Y/N [N].
Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing < Enter > displays the Federal Facility PRP window
presented and described later in Section 3.5.6. The default response to the prompt is "N" (for
"No"), so pressing < Enter > bypasses the PRP routine.
Note: The PRP prompt does not appear at all if the Fed Agency PRP field contains
an "N" (for "No").
When the PRP and/or RCRA routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following
prompt at the bottom of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD
COMMENT? Y/N [N]. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing < Enter> displays the Comment
screen presented and described later in Section 3.5.5. The default response to the prompt is "N"
(for "No"), so pressing bypasses the Comment routine. When the Comment routine
is completed or bypassed, the new site record is added to the database and the Site menu is
displayed.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the second Site Summary status line before adding the record to the
database returns the cursor to the RPM/OSC Name field, allowing you to make changes to the
data entered. Entering "B" (for "Back") displays the first Site Summary "ADD" screen (shown
previously in Exhibit 3-19). Entering "L" (for "Leave") at either of the two Site Summary
screens discards all data entered and displays the Site menu.
3.3
VIEW SITE
Option 8, "View Site," on the Site menu provides view-only access to site information. If no
site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session, choosing this
option displays the Site selection screen illustrated in Exhibit 3-23. If a site record has been
accessed previously during the current WasteLAN session, or if a valid site reference number
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-21
-------
SITE
is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit 3-23, the Site selection screen shown in Exhibit 3-24
appears.
L
SITE
J
SITE
REF NO.:
MENU
Exhibit 3-23 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
1
SITE
REF HO.: 00010
EPA ID: RED123456789
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SHITHFIELD
STATE: ME
"ITI
|
1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANGE SITE
ENTER 1-2 Leave [1]
Exhibit 3-24 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the right
3-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting another
site record, and for leaving the Site selection screen.
The default option is" 1" (for "Correct Site"), so pressing < Enter > confirms the displayed site
and presents the first of two Site Summary screens. To access a different site record, type "2"
("Change Site") and press < Enter >; new site information will appear on the left. To leave
the Site Information screen and return to the Site menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press
< Enter >.
Once the correct site has been chosen using the Site selection screen, the first of two Site
Summary screens for the selected site is displayed. Exhibit 3-25 presents an example of the first
Site Summary "VIEW" screen.
REF NO.: 00010
If MS ID NO.: 0KB
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SMITHFIELD
STATE: ME
COUNTY NAME: MORRIS
CONGRESS DISTRICT: 01 FED
OWNER INDICATOR: PR
LATITUDE: 41 59 00.0
LAT/LONC SOURCE: R
USGS HYDRO UNIT: 01090003
NPL STATUS IND1C: F COST
CATEGORY: M SITE
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: N
S/I DIOXIN TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward Edit
*""" SCREEN 1 OF 2 ~T
EPA ID: RED 123456789
ZIP CODE: 02824-
COUNTY CODE: 007
FACILITY INDIC: N
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE: 071 33 00.0
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA: 6480
RECOVERY INDIC: E
CLASSIFICATION: F
STATE PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N
NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
Delete Leave CM]
Exhibit 3-25 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line, where the default option is "M" (for
"Menu options"). Pressing < Enter > displays a Menu options window, illustrated in Exhibit
3-26. Options in this window provide access to additional site information not included in the
Site Summary. These Menu options are the same as the Menu options accessed from a Site
Summary "EDIT" screen, except that information is presented on a view-only basis. Sections
3.5.1 through 3.5.7 describe the Site Summary Menu options in detail.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-23
-------
SITE
- MENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO SITE
SELECT ANOTHER
RCRA
ALIAS
COMMENTS
PRP INFORMATION
ROLODEX
AUDIT TRAIL
Exhibit 3-26 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)
Entering "F" (for "Forward") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen (Exhibit 3-25)
displays the second Site Summary screen, depicted in Exhibit 3-27.
VIEW
L
SITE SUMMARY
REF NO.: 00077
SCREEN 2 OF 2
EPA ID: HRS098765432
RPM/OSC NAME: HUNTER
OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT: DAVID H HOPKINS
SECTION CODE: FF
C0491
COW
C0497
C0492 :
COWS :
C0498 :
-SITE DESCRIPTION-
PHONE NO.: { )
PHONE NO.: (207) 999-2257
C0493
C0496
ENTER:
Menu options
Back
Leave
[H]
Exhibit 3-27 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 2 of 2
Entering "B" (for "Back") at the status line on the second Site Summary screen displays the first
Site Summary screen. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line of either Site Summary
screen displays the Site Information screen shown previously in Exhibit 3-24.
3.4
EDIT/DELETE SITE
Option 9, "Edit/Delete Site," on the Site menu provides access to the screens used to modify or
delete existing site information.
3-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
Only users with Pre-Remedial access rights can edit and delete site information. Users with
Remedial rights may access the edit and leave options, but are unable to modify the SECTION
CODE field and the SITE DESCRIPTION field. The WasteLAN System Administrator is
responsible for assigning the appropriate access rights for each WasteLAN user.
If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session, choosing
this option displays the Site selection screen illustrated in Exhibit 3-28.
SITE
SITE
REF NO.:
KENU
Exhibit 3-28 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
If a site record has been accessed previously during the current WasteLAN session, or if a valid
site reference number is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit 3-28, the Site selection screen
shown in Exhibit 3-29 appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-25
-------
SITE
SITE
- SITE
REF NO.: 00010
EPA ID: 8ED123456789
NAHE: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SK1THFIELD
STATE: HE
MENU
1) CORRECT SITE
Z) CHANGE SITE
ENTER 1-2 Leave [1)
Exhibit 3-29 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the right
side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting another
site record, and for leaving the Site screen.
The default option is "1" (for "Correct Site"), so pressing confirms the displayed site
and presents the first of two Site Summary "EDIT" screens. To access a different site record,
type W2" (for "Change Site") and press < Enter>; new site information will appear on the left.
To leave the Site screen and return to the Site menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press
< Enter >.
Once the correct site has been chosen using the Site screen, the first of two Site Summary
screens for the selected site is displayed. Exhibit 3-30 presents an example of the first Site
Summary screen.
3-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
REF NO.:
IFMS ID NO.:
NAHE:
STREET:
CITY:
STATE:
COUNTY NAHE:
CONGRESS DISTRICT:
OWNER INDICATOR:
LATITUDE:
L AT/ LONG SOURCE:
USGS HYDRO UNIT:
NPL STATUS 1ND1C:
CATEGORY :
FED FACILITY DOCKET:
FED AGENCY PRP:
S/I D10X1N TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE
00010
0148
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
MAIN ST
SMITHF1ELD
HE
MORRIS
01 FED
PR
41 59 00.0
R
01090003
F COST
M SITE
F
N
NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward Edit
EPA ID: RED 123456789
ZIP CODE: 02824-
COUNTY CODE: 007
FACILITY INOIC: N
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE: 071 33 00.0
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA: 6480
RECOVERY INDIC: E
CLASSIFICATION: F
STATE PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N
NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
Delete Leave [M]
Exhibit 3-30 Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")
The screen displays a summary of existing information for the selected site. When the screen
first appears, the cursor is at the status line, where "M" (for "Menu options") is the default
option. Pressing < Enter > displays a pop-up window of options for accessing additional site
information. Exhibit 3-31 presents the Menu options window.
HENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO SITE
SELECT ANOTHER
RCRA
ALIAS
COMMENTS
PRP INFORMAT ION
ROLODEX
AUDIT TRAIL
Exhibit 3-31 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)
Use the < T >, < i >, , and keys to move the light bar to the desired
option, or type the first letter of an option; if multiple options begin with the same letter, keep
pressing the letter until the desired option is highlighted. Sections 3.5.1 through 3.S.7 detail the
options in the Menu options window.
Entering "F" (for "Forward") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen displays the
second Site Summary screen, illustrated in Exhibit 3-32.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-27
-------
SITE
iMEW
SITE SUMMARY
REF NO.: 03778
SCREEN 2 OF 2
EPA ID:
RPM/OSC NAME:
OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
SECTION CODE:
C0491
CM94
CM97
C0492
C0495
CW98
-SITE DESCRIPTION-
PHONE NO.: (
PHONE NO.: (
C0493
C0496
ENTER:
Menu options
Back
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 3-32 Site Summary Screen 2 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")
Entering "B" (for "Back") at the status line of the second Site Summary screen displays the first
Site Summary screen again. To edit the information on either Site Summary screen, enter "E"
(for "Edit") at the status line. The cursor moves to the first data field on the screen. Use the
< Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Several fields on the first Site Summary screen (Exhibit 3-30) are linked to pop-up windows, as
indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in one of these fields
activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 3-20, presented earlier in this chapter, illustrates the
pop-up windows available on the first Site Summary screen. In addition, the RPM/OSC Name
field on the second Site Summary screen is linked to a pop-up window. Exhibit 3-22, also
presented earlier, depicts the RPM Names pop-up window.
After making the necessary change(s) to the appropriate field(s), press < Enter > at the last data
field on the screen to access the status line. Enter "S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the
database. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at either Site Summary screen before saving the changes
discards all changes and displays the Site menu.
To delete the displayed site record, enter "D" (for "Delete") at either Site Summary status line.
The following prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The
default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the site record unchanged.
Type "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the site record.
3-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
Caution: Deleting a site record deletes all subsidiary records (events, activities, etc.)
associated with the record.
3.5
MENU OPTIONS
Entering an "M" (for "Menu options") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen
displays a pop-up window of options for accessing additional site information. Exhibit 3-33
presents the Menu options window.
- MENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO SITE
SELECT ANOTHER
RCRA
ALIAS
COMMENTS
PRP INFORMATION
ROLODEX
AUDIT TRAIL
Exhibit 3-33 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)
Use the < t >, < * >, , and keys to move the light bar to the desired
option, or type the first letter of an option; if multiple options begin with the same letter, keep
pressing the letter until the desired option is highlighted. The following sections describe in
detail the options available in the Menu options window.
3.5.1
Return to Site
Selecting the "Return to Site" option closes the Menu options window without making a
selection. The cursor returns to the status line of the Site Summary screen.
3.5.2
Select Another
Use the "Select Another" option to retrieve another site record from the database. Selecting this
option displays the Site screen shown previously in Exhibit 3-29. To access a different site
record, enter "211 (for "Change Site"). The cursor moves to the Ref No. field; type the desired
site reference number and press < Enter >. The cursor returns to the menu status line on the
right side of the Site screen, where "1" (for "Correct Site") is the default option. Press
< Enter > to display the first Site Summary screen corresponding to the new reference number.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-29
-------
SITE
3.5.3
RCRA
This option provides access to Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) information
for the selected site. Selecting this option displays an RCRA data screen. If no RCRA data has
been entered for the selected site, an RCRA "ADD" screen will appear, as shown in Exhibit
3-34.
KEF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED 123456789
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATED, STORED, DISPOSED SINCE 11/19/80:
CURRENT INTERIM STATUS: PAST INTERIM STATUS:
PERMIT:
PERMIT: PERMIT ISSUE DATE: / /
NON-NOTIFIER FACILITY: PROTECTIVE FILER:
OWNER FILED FOR BANKRUPTCY: IF YES. WHAT APPLICABLE LAW:
LOST AUTH TO OPERATE: INTERIM STATUS TERMINATED DATE: / /
DEMONSTRATED UNWILLINGNESS TO UNDERTAKE PAST CORRECTIVE ACTION:
CURRENT OWHER/OPERATOR ENFORCEMENT ACTION:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
,,, prDA rnUKFUTt .^~
ENTER:
Add Edit Leave [ ]
Exhibit 3-34 RCRA "ADD" Screen
Many of the RCRA data fields are linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted
first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates the pop-up window.
Most of the RCRA data fields accept a "Yes," "No," or "Blank" entry; hence, the corresponding
pop-up windows look like the example presented in Exhibit 3-35.
HAZARDOUS WASTE
(BLANK)
NO
YES
Exhibit 3-35 Hazardous Waste Pop-Up Window
The If Yes, What Applicable Law field requires a slightly different response. The pop-up
window associated with this field is presented in Exhibit 3-36.
3-30
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
1
2
3
(BLANK)
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 11
OTHER
Exhibit 3-36 Applicable Law Pop-Up Window
After entering all of the appropriate RCRA data, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line to add
the new information to the database and return to the Site Summary.
If RCRA data already exists for the selected site, selecting this option presents an RCRA
"EDIT" screen. This screen is similar to the RCRA "ADD" screen shown in Exhibit 3-34,
except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status line contains different options,
as illustrated below in Exhibit 3-37.
Edit
If
Delete
====^==
=^=^=^=
Save
:=^==
=^=^=
Leave
^=^===
1
tl I
Exhibit 3-37 RCRA "EDIT" Screen Status Line
When the RCRA "EDIT" screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. Select an option by
typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. The options available on
the RCRA "EDIT" screen are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first field and permits the modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Pressing < Enter > at the last field returns the cursor to the status line.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the RCRA
data unchanged. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing deletes all of the
displayed RCRA data and presents the Site Summary screen.
Save - records changes to the database. After using the "Edit" option to modify the displayed
data, press < Enter > at the last data field to return the cursor to the status line. Enter
"S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the database and return to the Site Summary
screen.
Leave - displays the Site Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-31
-------
SITE
3.5.4
Alias
The "Alias" option provides access to information on a site that may be known by names other
than the official name. If no alias information has been entered for the selected site, then
choosing this option displays the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen presented in Exhibit 3-38.
ADD/EDIT/DEL
ETE i ALIAS 1 SCREEN
1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED1Z3456789
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
ALIAS SEQ NO.
ALIAS SEQ NO.
LOG SEQ NO.
STREET
CITY
STATE
ZIP
DESCRIPTION
NAME
: 02 ALIAS NAME: WASTE DEPOT
LOCATION
:: 01
: 01
:
: PROVIDENCE
: RI
:
J
Exhibit 3-38 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (No Existing Information)
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line below the Alias Name field. The Alias
Name field and the fields in the Location portion of the screen are known as repeat fields,
because multiple records may be viewed, added, edited, or deleted in succession using the
options on the repeat field status line. Repeat field status line options are described below.
Next - displays the next alias name or location record in the database for the selected
site. If the last (or only) record is already displayed, entering "N" displays the following
message at the bottom of the screen: END OF SELECTED LIST.
Previous - displays the previous alias name or location record in the database for the selected
site. If the first (or only) record is already displayed, entering "P" displays the following
message at the bottom of the screen: BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
3-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
Add - clears the data field(s) and places the cursor at the (first) field. Enter new data; pressing
< Enter > after typing data in the (last) field returns the cursor to the repeat field status
line.
Bdit - places the cursor at the (first) data field. Make the necessary change(s); pressing
at the (last) field returns the cursor to the repeat field status line.
Z)elete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing < Enter > leaves the record
unchanged. Type MY" (for "Yes") and press < Enter> to delete the displayed record.
Continue - use this option to leave the current repeat field status line and move the cursor to the
next field or status line on the screen.
Entering "C" (for "Continue") at the Name repeat field status line places the cursor at the
Location repeat field status line. Entering "C" (for "Continue") at the Location repeat field
status line places the cursor at the status line at the bottom of the screen. Options on the bottom
status line are described below.
Add - selecting this option presents the following prompt: DO YOU WISH TO ADD
ANOTHER? Y/N [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
clears the prompt and displays the status line again. Typing "Y" and pressing
moves the cursor to the Name repeat field status line.
Edit - used to modify an existing alias name and/or location record. Entering "E" sends
the cursor to the Name repeat field status line. Choose the "Edit" option to access the
Alias Name field and make the necessary change(s), then select "Continue" to move the
cursor to the Location repeat field status line. Choose "Add" or "Edit" to enter or
modify alias location information, then select
line.
'Continue" to return to the bottom status
Leave - displays the Site Summary screen from which the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen
was accessed.
If alias information exists for the selected site, then choosing "Alias" from the Site Summary
Menu options window displays existing alias information. Exhibit 3-39 presents an example of
the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen with existing information.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-33
-------
SITE
i ADD/EDIT/DELETE
ALIAS
SCREEN 1 OF 1 i
REF NO.: 00010
EPA ID: RED123456789
SITE NAME: REGIONAL UASTE DEPOSITORY
NAME
ALIAS SEQ NO.: 03 ALIAS NAME:
LOCATION
ALIAS SEQ NO.: 01
LOC SEQ NO.: 01
STREET:
CITY:
STATE:
ZIP:
DESCRIPTION:
Exhibit 3-39 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (Existing Information)
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the bottom status line. Selecting either the "Add" or
"Edit" option provides access to the Name repeat field status line. Refer to the preceding
paragraphs for information on Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen operations.
3.S.5
Comments
The "Comments" option is used to add, view, edit, or delete free-form comment text pertaining
to a site, event, activity, etc, Comments screens are accessed from several different points in
WasteLAN. Although the screen title and header information may vary slightly among different
modules, all Comments screens are generally the same in appearance and operation.
Selecting "Comments" from the Site Summary Menu options window displays a Site Comments
summary screen showing all existing comments for the site. Exhibit 3*40 presents an example
of this screen. If no comment records have been entered, the following message appears on the
screen: NO COMMENTS FOUND.
3-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
VIEW
SITE COMMENTS
REF NO.:
00010
EPA ID:
SITE NAME:
RED 123456789
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOS1
COMM LINE
ID NO. COMMENTS
001 01 FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED THIS
001 02 AREA
Add new comment Select comment ID View screen Leave
I 1
Exhibit 3-40 Site Comments Summary Screen
The "Comm ID" column on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential
number assigned to a comment record when it is entered in the system. The "Line No." column
identifies each line of text within a single comment record.
Entering "A" (for "Add New Comment") at the status line activates a blank pop-up window for
entering comment text and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: *
to EXIT t.
Type the appropriate comment text. Text appears as it is typed; the < Backspace > and <*>
keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes. Also, the key moves
the cursor forward on a line, word by word; the key moves the cursor backward on
a line, word by word.
Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line. If more than eleven lines of text
are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank lines for entering
more text. After the comment text has been typed, press the key to enter it into the
database. This action closes the text window and displays the Site Comments summary with the
newly entered text.
The "Select Comment ID" option on the Site Comments summary status line is used to choose
an individual comment record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes. Entering "S" at the
status line displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-35
-------
SITE
screen: ENTER COMMENT ID: OR PRESS < Enter > TO EXIT. Type the desired
comment ID number and press < Enter > .
Note: It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number; for
example, comment "001" can be entered as "1." The system displays the selected
comment and presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 3-41.
Add new line Edit line Delete line View Leave
Exhibit 3-41 Site Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options
on the above status line are described below.
Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the comment text and presents the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: * < PgDn > to EXIT t. Cursor
position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use
the < * > key to move the light bar forward, stopping on the blank line immediately
below the last line of existing text. Type the new text, then press < PgDn > to close the
text window and add the new information to the database.
Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up window containing
the comment text and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: *
to EXIT t. Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the
reverse-video highlight bar. Use the < * > key to move the light bar forward in the
window; use the < t > key to move the light bar back to a previous line. When the
desired line is highlighted, use the <->, <->, , and keys to
move the cursor to the appropriate text within the line and make the necessary change(s).
Press to close the window and record the change(s) to the database.
Belete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed comment and presents the following
selection prompt: Use t or I - press < Enter > to select. After highlighting the
desired line and pressing < Enter > to select it, the following deletion prompt appears
at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N"
(for "No"), so pressing < Enter> leaves the line unchanged. Type "Y" and press
< Enter > to delete the selected line.
View - provides view-only access to additional pages of a multi-paged comment record.
Entering "V" displays a new status line containing only "Forward," "Back," and "Leave"
3-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
options. Enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next page of comment text, "B" (for
"Back") to display the previous page, and "L" (for "Leave") to exit "View" mode and
return to the status line shown in Exhibit 3-40.
Leave - displays the Site Comments summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit 3-40) showing
all comments entered for the selected site.
The "View Screen" option on the Site Comments summary provides access to additional
comment records not visible on the first page (screenful) of the summary. Entering "V" displays
a new status line, consisting of the following options:
Forward - presents the next page of comment records for the selected site. Entering "F" when
the last page of comments is already displayed results in the message END OF
SELECTED LIST.
Back - presents the previous page of comment records for the selected site. Entering "B" when
the first page of comments is already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF
SELECTED LIST.
Leave - displays the original Site Comments summary screen status line (see Exhibit 3-40).
Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Site Comments summary status line displays the Site
Summary screen from which the "Comments" menu option was selected.
3.5.6 PRP Information
This option is used to view or edit Federal Agency Potentially Responsible Party (PRP)
information. If the Fed(eral) Agency PRP field on the first Site Summary screen contains an
"N" (for "No"), then selecting this option presents the following prompt at the bottom of the
screen: "FED AGENCY PRP" FIELD MUST CONTAIN A "Y" TO ACCESS THIS
FUNCTION.
If the Fed Agency PRP field on the first Site Summary screen contains a "Y" (for "Yes"), then
selecting this option activates the Federal Agency PRP pop-up window illustrated in Exhibit
3-42.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 3-37
-------
SITE
FEDERAL AGENCY PRf>
SAVE SELECTIONS
BIAF - BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS
BLMN BUREAU OF LAND HANAGEHENT
BUM1 - BUREAU OF MINES
BURE BUREAU OF RECLAMATION
COCO - CENTER FOR DISEASE CONTROL
COEN - ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
DHKS - DEPT OF HEALTH & HUMAN SERVICES
DOAG - DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
OOCO DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
. I MORE 1
Exhibit 3-42 Federal Agency PRP Pop-Up Window
More entries exist than can be seen in the first page of the window. Use the < * >, < PgDn >,
and keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the < t >, , and
keys to scroll back to previous selections. Typing the first letter of an entry also moves the light
bar; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry
is highlighted.
This window contains a marking feature for selecting multiple entries. When the desired entry
is highlighted, press the < «-J > (< Enter >) key to mark it. A triangular pointer appears to
the left of the entry. Pressing the < «-> > () key on a marked entry unmarks it by
removing the pointer.
When the appropriate selection(s) has (have) been marked, highlight the "Save Selections" option
at the top of the window and press < Enter >. This action updates the PRP file and closes the
window.
3.5.7
Audit Trail
The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the creation and/or modification of the
displayed record. Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window, illustrated below
in Exhibit 3-43.
ADD
WHO:
DATE : /
TIME:
UHO:
/ DATE:
TIME:
EDIT
EPA
10/31/91
09:50:38
Exhibit 3-43 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window
3-38
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
SITE
The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the date and
time of data entry. The window also shows the name of the user who last edited the record, and
the date and time the edit was performed.
When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom of the
screen: PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates, press any key to
close the Audit Trail window and return to the Site Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-39
-------
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 4
EVENT
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
-------
EVENT
CHAPTER 4: EVENT
The WasteLAN Event module is used to track all aspects of the investigative and corrective
actions associated with hazardous waste site identification and cleanup. These actions are
classified into four primary event categories:
Pre-Remedial - encompasses analytical events such as preliminary assessment,
screening site inspection, listing site inspection, hazard ranking, and National
Priorities Listing (NPL) evaluation.
Remedial - includes fund-financed and Potentially Responsible Party (PRP)-lead
remedial projects such as remedial investigation/feasibility study, remedial design,
remedial action, and operations and maintenance.
Important: Remedial events with a PRP lead are considered enforcement data, even
though they are tracked in the Event (rather than Enforcement) module.
Removal - tracks removal actions conducted at both NPL and non-NPL sites.
Generic Events - covers event types not included in the other event categories.
In addition, supporting data elements in the Event module can be used to track supplemental
information. These supporting events include such items as chemical data, technical data,
subevents, financial data, and comments.
To access the Event module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter 2,
Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 2, "Event." This action begins
an event selection process, described below in Section 4.1.
4.1 EVENT SELECTION
Event selection is actually a three-part process that consists of selecting an event type, a site,
and a specific event occurrence. Choosing option 2, "Event," on the WasteLAN main menu
activates the Event Selection window illustrated in Exhibit 4-1.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-1
-------
EVENT
EVENT SELECTION
RETURN TO MAIN MENU
ALL EVENTS
PRE-REMEDIAL
REMEDIAL
REMOVAL
GENERIC EVENTS
Exhibit 4-1 Event Selection Pop-Up Window (Program Areas)
Use the < t >, < * >, , , , and keys to move the light
bar and highlight the desired event category, or type the first letter of an event category; if
multiple categories begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired category
is highlighted. Press the <^ > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted category. Choosing
the "Return to Main Menu" option closes the window without selecting an event category.
Selecting "Pre-Remedial," "Remedial," "Removal," or "Generic Events" from the Event
Selection window activates another pop-up window of event codes corresponding to the specified
event category. Exhibit 4-2 shows the pop-up windows corresponding to entries in the Event
Selection window.
4-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
«
1
AA
is
DS
MR
sr
it
SR
PA
S£
s:
BdUU TO MAIN HEJHJ 1
*raA fACIi.:?! ASSESSHEST
sisccvtsr
-ISTIKC SITE INSPECTION
HAZARC mum ma/ NT L LISTING
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSES rOR NPI.
REMOVES nOM PROPOSES NIL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
SITE ACCESS
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
rtnun TD MAIN
: REMOVAL IMI
PK
US RIMOVXi :XVEST:5*T:CN AT K?> S"ES
»V WXOVXL ACTION
STOKASE TAXK KEMC'/XL
c?
- ?r*» - ;=
OA
EO
ER
FP
FS
IM
NO
or
ON
PC
'. RELATIONS
DESIGN ASSISTANCE
ENFORCEMENT DECISION DOCUMENT
EXPEDITES RESPONSE ACTION
FORWARD PLANNING IH)
FEASIBILITY STOOY
INITIAL REtCSIAS. MEASURE (HI
LONG-TERM MESHRSC
NFL 3EIXTIOH
OPEMTIOKAL AND PTnCTIOKAl
OPERATIONS t MAINTENANCE
DELETIDH PACKAGE COMMENTS
REMEDIAL ACTION
; MOM i
- Pr«i< J 70
gNERIC EVtXTS.
AR ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
AS AERIAL SOKVEY
EO ENOANCXRMENT ASSESSMENT
CS GEO6RAPMICAL SUPPORT/MAP
HA HEALTH ASSISTANCE
HA MANAGEMENT ASSISTANCE
OK OTHER EVENT
O* OVERSIOHT OF STATE
TA TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
TO TOeOCRAIHICAL HAPPING
T
- Pr«n J to
Exhibit 4-2 Event Selection Pop-Up Windows (Event Types/Codes)
Important: Larger pop-up windows, such as the Remedial window, typically contain
more selections than are visible in the first page (screenful) of the window. Use the
<*>, , and keys to scroll the light bar forward to view
additional entries; use the < t >, , and keys to scroll back to
previous entries. When the desired entry is highlighted, press the <«J >
(< Enter >) key to select it.
Selecting an event from one of the windows shown in Exhibit 4-2, or choosing "All Events"
from the Event Selection window shown previously in Exhibit 4-1 initiates a site selection
routine. If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session,
selecting an event displays the Site Selection screen shown in Exhibit 4-3. If a site record has
been accessed during the current login session, or if a valid reference number is entered on the
screen shown in Exhibit 4-3, the screen shown in Exhibit 4-4 appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-3
-------
EVENT
SITE
SITE
REF NO.: 0
MENU
Exhibit 4-3 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
^T^P -
REF NO.: 00010
EPA ID: RED987654321
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SHITMF1ELD
STATE: ME
5ELI
1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANCE SITE
ENTER 1-2 Leave [1}
Exhibit 4-4 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login
4-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
session. The menu on the right side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed
site record, for selecting another site record, and for leaving the Event module.
The default option is "1" (for "Correct Site"), so press < Enter > to confirm the displayed site.
To access a different site record, type "2" ("Change Site") and press < Enter >; the cursor
returns to the Ref No. field. Type a different reference number and press < Enter >; new site
information will appear on the left. To leave the Event module and return to the WasteLAN
main menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press < Enter >.
If the "All Events" option was chosen from the Event Selection pop-up window (Exhibit 4-1),
then a pop-up window appears, listing all events in the database for the selected site. If a
specific event category was chosen from the Event Selection window, then only the events
corresponding to the selected event category appear in the pop-up window of existing events.
Exhibit 4-5 presents an example of this pop-up window of existing events.
Exception: If only one event record exists for the selected event category and site, the
pop-up window does not appear at all. Instead, the system immediately displays an
Event Summary "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 4-6).
Rcr wu. -
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
00077
uu
00
00
00
00
00
00
- e»i
OS1
PA1
sn
RD1
RA1
RV1
RETURN TO SITE SELECTION
DISCOVERY
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
REMEDIAL DESIGN
REMEDIAL ACTION
REMOVAL ACTION
Exhibit 4-5 Existing Events Pop-Up Window
The pop-up window of existing events displays the site reference number (REF NO.), operable
unit (OP), event code and sequencer (EVT), and name of each event record in the database for
the selected site and event type. The events are listed in alphabetical order within operable unit
order. In other words, events corresponding to operable unit 00 appear first, followed by events
corresponding to operable unit 01, and so on. The "Return to Site Selection" option at the top
of the window closes the window without selecting an event.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-5
-------
EVENT
Remember: More events may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window;
in this case, the word "MORE" appears at the bottom of the window. Use the < * >,
, and keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the ,
, and keys to scroll back to previous selections. When the
desired entry is highlighted, press the < *-* > () key to select it.
Once an event category, site, and specific event occurrence have been selected, the system
displays an Event Summary "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 4-6 presents an example of an Event
Summary screen for a Preliminary Assessment (PA) event.
REF NO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: PA1
EVENT LEAD: f
SCAP NOTE:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
FIRST START INDICATOR:
CONTACT NAME:
EVENT SUMMARY i SCREEN 1 OF 1 i
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
rwruT DAT*
PLANNING STATUS:
EVENT QUALIFIER: H
COMPLETE CAG/TDD NO.:
/ / CAG AMNO NO.:
05/01/80 PROJECT NO.:
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR:
CONTACT NO.: ( )
Menu options
Edit Leave Quit tM]
Exhibit 4-6 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment)
When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the status line. Select an option by typing
its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the Event Summary "VIEW" screen status line
are described below.
Menu options - activates a pop-up window of options for accessing other Event screens. These
options are described in detail in Section 4.3.
Edit - enables modification of the displayed event data. Instructions for editing an event are
contained in Section 4.2.
Leave - displays the Site Selection screen shown earlier in Exhibit 4-4.
Quit - displays the WasteLAN main menu.
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
If no records exist in the database for the selected event category and site, the system displays
the following message on the Site Selection screen (see Exhibit 4-4);
NO XX EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD A(N) XX EVENT? Y/N [N]
"XX" stands for the two-character event code, such as "PA" (for Preliminary Assessment). The
default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing clears the message and returns the
cursor to the Site Selection Menu. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing displays
an Event Summary "ADD" screen presented and described in Section 4.3.7.
If the selected site has no operable units, the following message appears on the Site Selection
screen:
NO (XX) EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE UNIT? Y/N [N]
The default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing clears the message and returns
the cursor to the Site Selection Menu. Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter> displays an
Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented and described in Section 4.3.5.
4.2 EDIT EVENT
When an event type, site, and specific event occurrence have been selected (see Section 4.1),
the system displays an Event Summary "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 4-7 presents an example of this
screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-7
-------
EVENT
|
EVENT SUMMARY . SCREEN 1 Of 1 » i
REF NO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: PA1
EVENT LEAD: F
SCAP NOTE:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
FIRST START INDICATOR:
CONTACT NAME:
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
_ EVENT DATA
PLANNING STATUS:
EVENT QUALIFIER: «
COMPLETE CAG/TDD NO.:
/ / CAG AMND NO.:
05/01/80 PROJECT NO.:
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR:
CONTACT NO.: ( )
Menu options
Edit Leave Quit CM]
Exhibit 4-7 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment)
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. To edit the displayed information,
enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The screen changes to "EDIT" mode, the cursor moves
to the Event Lead field, and the status line options change.
The status line options on the Event Summary "EDIT" screen are described below.
Edit - use this option to return to a previous field. After making initial changes to the displayed
data, press < Enter > at the last field to access the status line. Then, enter "E" to return
the cursor to the first data field. Use the key to move to the appropriate
field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed information, press the
< Enter > key at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option,
so press to save the changes and return to the Event Summary "VIEW"
screen.
Z-eave - discards changes and displays the Event Summary "VIEW" screen.
Several data fields on the Event Summary screen are linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by
the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates the
pop-up window. These windows are presented and described in Section 4.3.7.
4-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
4.3 MENU OPTIONS
The status line of an Event Summary "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 4-7) contains a "Menu
options" choice that provides access to supporting data and other options for the selected site and
event. The Menu options choice is the default option when the Event Summary screen first
appears, so pressing < Enter > displays the Menu options pop-up window shown in Exhibit 4-8.
MENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO EVENT
SELECT ANOTHER EVENT
SELECT ANOTHER ACTIVITY
ADO OPUNIT
EDIT/DELETE OPUNIT
ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATOR
ADD EVENT
DELETE EVENT
VIEW SITE
SUBEVENTS
I MORE 1
Exhibit 4-8 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Event Summary Screen)
Important: Not all of the available menu options can be seen in the first page
(screenful) of the window. Use the < * >, , and keys to scroll
forward through the list and view additional options; use the < t >, and
keys to scroll back to previous options. Also, the available menu options
vary, based on the event type selected. For example, Event Summary Menu options
for Removal event types include a "Chemical Info" choice that is not available for
other event types.
As in most pop-up windows, typing the first letter of an option moves the light bar to that
option. If multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
option is highlighted. When the desired option is highlighted, press < Enter > to select it. The
remainder of this chapter describes the choices available in the Event Summary Menu options
window.
4.3.1 Return to Event
Choosing the "Return to Event" option closes the Menu options window without making a
selection. The cursor returns to the Event Summary "VIEW" screen status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-9
-------
EVENT
4.3.2 Select Another Event
Selecting this option displays the following message at the bottom of the Event Summary screen:
SEARCHING FOR ALL OPERABLE UNITS/EVENTS FOR THIS SITE... The system
then displays a pop-up window listing all existing operable unit/event records for the selected
site. Exhibit 4-9 illustrates this window.
Kcr HU.
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
uu
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
- CVI
AR1
AR2
DS1
HR1
IR1
IR2
NF1
NP1
PA1
RETURN TO EVENT
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
DISCOVERY
HAZARD RANKING/NPL LISTING
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (H)
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (H)
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSED FOR NPL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
Exhibit 4-9 Existing Events Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Event")
More events may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window. Use the < * >,
, and keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the < t >, , and
keys to scroll back to previous selections. When the desired event is highlighted,
press the <*-"> (< Enter >) key to select it. This action closes the pop-up window and
displays data for the newly selected event in the Event Summary data fields.
4.3.3 Select Another Activity
This option is used to access enforcement activity data for the selected site. Choosing this
option displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: SEARCHING FOR ALL
ACTIVITIES FOR THIS SITE... If enforcement activity data exists, the system presents a
pop-up window from which to select an enforcement activity. Exhibit 4-10 presents an example
of this pop-up window.
Her nw.
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
AU 1 1 V 1 1 I
AN01
CD01
FN01
JG01
NS01
PC01
svoi
UA01
UA02
RETURN TO EVENT
RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
CONSENT DECREE
RI/FS NEGOTIATION
JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGMENT
NPL RP SEARCH
PREPARATION OF COST DOCM PKG
SECTION 107 LITIGATION
UNILATERAL ADMIN ORDER
UNILATERAL ADMIN ORDER
Exhibit 4-10 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Activity")
4-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
Choosing an activity from this window displays the corresponding Activity Summary screen.
If no enforcement data exists for the selected site, the following message appears at the bottom
of the Event Summary screen: NO ACTIVITIES FOUND FOR THIS SITE. After a few
seconds, the message disappears and the system "refreshes" the Event Summary screen.
4.3.4 AddOpunit
An opunit (operable unit) is a two-digit number used to characterize events at a site by phase,
geographical area, or type of work being performed. The "Add Opunit" Menu option provides
access to an Operable Unit "ADD" screen used to add a new opunit for the selected site to the
database. Exhibit 4-11 illustrates the Operable Unit "ADD" screen.
Important: Only users with Remedial access rights can add new opunits to the
database. The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning the
appropriate system access rights for each WasteLAN user.
ADD
OPERABLE UNIT
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF HO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT: N/A
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE HAKE: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: N/A
NAME:
DESCRIPTION
ENTER:
C1106
C1107
C1108
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 4-11 Operable Unit "ADD" Screen
The new opunit number is system-generated and appears at the top of the screen with the header
information that cannot be edited. The cursor is positioned at the Name field. Enter a name
that describes the opunit being added; for example, "Site Evaluation/Disposition" is a common
name for opunit 00.
Use the < Enter > key to move to the remaining fields on the screen and enter the appropriate
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-11
-------
EVENT
information. The three fields at the bottom of the screen are regional free fields designed to
accommodate regionally defined data. These regional fields accept alpha or numeric characters;
the number of allowable characters is limited to the size of the field shown on the screen. The
WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional free field names using a function in the
WasteLAN System Administration module.
Pressing < Enter > at the last field on the screen moves the cursor to the status line, where the
default option is "A" (for "Add"). Press to add the new operable unit and display
the previous screen. If the Operable Unit "ADD" screen was accessed from the Menu options
window on the Event Summary screen, then the Event Summary screen appears. If the Operable
Unit "ADD" screen was accessed from the "DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE
UNIT?" prompt on the Site Selection screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection screen
reappears and displays the following prompt: DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN EVENT? Y/N
[N]. Typing WYM and pressing < Enter > initiates the Add Event routine described in Section
4.3.7.
To modify the opunit information before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the
Operable Unit "ADD" screen status line. The cursor returns to the Name field; use the
< Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s). Pressing
< Enter > at the last field moves the cursor to the status line, where the default option is again
"A" (for "Add"). Press to add the new operable unit and return to the Event
Summary or Site Selection screen.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") discards the new opunit information and displays the previous
screen. If the Operable Unit "ADD" screen was accessed from the Menu options window on
the Event Summary screen, then the Event Summary screen appears. If the Operable Unit
"ADD" screen was accessed from the "DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE UNIT?"
prompt on the Site Selection screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection screen reappears.
4.3.5 Edit/Delete Opunit
Use this option to modify or delete an existing operable unit.
Important: Only users with Remedial access rights can edit and delete opunits. The
WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning the appropriate system
access rights for each WasteLAN user.
If only one opunit exists for the site, then the system immediately displays an Operable Unit
"EDIT" screen similar to the Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented in Exhibit 4-11. If
multiple opunits exist for the site, selecting this option activates a pop-up window of existing
operable units. The Existing Operable Units pop-up window is illustrated in Exhibit 4-12.
4-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
EXISTING OPERABLE UNITS
RETURN TO EVENT
00 SITE EVAL/DISP
01 OU3, OU4, AOC1
02 005, AOCU, AOC22
03 OUT, AOC10
04 AOC2, AOC4, AOC5
05 AOC6, AOC12, AOCU
06 AOC18, AOC20, AOC21
07 AOC7, ADC8, AOCU
08 OU2, AC011
I MORE
Exhibit 4-12 Existing Operable Units Pop-Up Window
Usethe, <*>, , , ,and keys to move the light
bar and highlight the appropriate opunit, then press the < «J > (< Enter >) key to select it.
The system displays an Operable Unit "EDIT" screen. This screen is very similar to the
Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented earlier in Exhibit 4-11, except that existing data appears
in the fields and the status line offers different options. Exhibit 4-13 depicts the options on the
Operable Unit "EDIT" screen status line.
Edit Delete Comments Leave
[3
Exhibit 4-13 Operable Unit "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >, Options
on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-13 are described below.
Edit - permits modification of displayed data. Entering "E" places the cursor at the first data
field on the screen. Use the < Enter> key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s)
and make the necessary change(s). Pressing < Enter > at the last field returns the
cursor to the status line, where "S" (for "Save") is the default option. Press
to save the changes, or enter "E" again to make additional changes.
Delete - removes the selected operable unit from the database. Entering "D" displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the opunit unchanged and
displays the Event Summary screen. Type "Y" and press to delete the
operable unit and return to the Event Summary screen.
Comments - provides access to a Comments screen used to enter free-form comment text
concerning the operable unit. The Operable Unit Comments screen functions the same
as the Site Comments screen described in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5.
leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-13
-------
EVENT
4.3.6 Environmental Indicators
Environmental Indicators contains data used to report the interim progress of cleanup events
related to the level and type of threats posed. Because it is used to document cleanup actions,
it can be accessed through six types of actual events:
Removal Actions:
PR - Planned Removal
IR - Immediate Removal
RV - Removal Action
Remedial Actions:
RA - Remedial Action
IM - Initial Remedial Measure
ER - Expedited Response Action
Exhibit 4-14 illustrates the Environmental Indicators screen.
L
ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
EPA ID: RE0987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
OPUNIT: 01
MEDIA
SID: 00010
EVENT: RA1
MEDIA
NAME
GOAL ATTAIN
THREAT ADDRESSED
NO MEDIA INFORMATION
MATERIALS DATE
TREAT TECHNOLOGY
TREAT DATE CAP REC.
- MATERIALS
AMOUNT
UNIT
POP GATE
CHEMICAL
CHEM NAME
CAS NO.
Media
mAterials
Treat Tech
Chemicals
Leave [ ]
Exhibit 4-14 Environmental Indicators Screen
For the site selected, any existing media data will be displayed. To view materials, treatment
technologies, or chemicals, a medium must be selected. Only one of each of the four valid
media may exist for the site selected; multiple occurrences of materials, treatment technologies
and chemicals may be entered. Occurrences of materials, treatment technologies and chemicals
are distinguished by a number which follows the code selected. More materials, treatment
4-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
technology, or chemical data than are visible may be available; use the < t > and < 1 > keys
to move the light bar to the desired entry.
If no environmental indicators data exists for the site selected, the message: NO MEDIA
INFORMATION appears in the Media section of the screen.
MEDIA
To add a medium to the site displayed, type 'M' at the status line and press < «J >
(< Enter >). The system presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
EPA ID: RED987654321 SID: 00010
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
OPUNIT: 01
MEDIA
MEDIA NAME
NO MEDIA INFORMATION
GOAL ATTAIN
THREAT ADDRESSED
MATERIALS DATE
- MATERIALS
AMOUNT
UNIT
TREAT TECHNOLOGY
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP CATE
CHEMICAL
CHEM NAME
CAS NO.
I Edit
Add
Delete
Continue [ 1
Exhibit 4-15 Environmental Indicators "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Type 'A' at the status line and press < «J > (< Enter>); the ADD MEDIA pop up window
is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-16.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-15
-------
EVENT
EPA ID:
SITE NAME:
OPUNIT:
RED9B7654321 SID: 00010
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
01
urnt i
MEDIA NAME GOAL ATTAIN THREAT ADDRESSED
NO MEDIA INFORMATION
MATERIALS
TREAT TI
TREAT DAI
MEDIA :
GOAL ATTAIN:
"CHUOLOCY THREAT ADDRESSED*
fE CAP REC. POP GATE
Save Leave :
Edit
Add
Delete
Conti nge [A]
Exhibit 4-16 Add Media Pop-Up Window
Type a valid code for each data field displayed. Press < «J > (< Enter >) to move the cursor
to the next data field. Pressing < (), entering a "?", or entering an invalid
entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes. When a pop up window appears,
use the < t >, < i >, , , , and keys to move the light
bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry. If multiple entries begin
with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the
< -*-1 > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop up window
and places the selected entry in the data field. The data entered will display in the media section
of the Environmental Indicators screen. To add more media data, type 'A' at the status line
< *-> > (). To return to the Environmental Indicators screen, type 'C' at the status
line and press < «J > ().
To select a medium and continue to the Materials section of the screen, use the < t > and
< 4 > keys to highlight the desired medium, type 'C' and press the < *J > () key
to select. The system displays the selected medium and presents the Environmental Indicators
status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
To edit a selected medium, use the < t > and < * > keys to highlight the desired medium, type
'£' at the status line and press < «J > (< Enter >). The EDIT MEDIA pop up window is
displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-17.
4-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
L
ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
OPUNIT: 01
MEDIA
SID: 00010
EVENT: RA1
NED IA NAME
LA LAND CONTAMINATION
SW SURFACE UATER
GOAL ATTAIN
P
P
THREAT ADDRESSED
N
N
MATERIALS DATE
TREAT TECHNOLOGY
TREAT DATE CAP REC.
- MATERIALS
AMOUNT
POP
CATE
EDIT MEDIA
MEDIA : SW
GOAL ATTAIN: P
THREAT ADDRESSED: N
Save
Leave
Edit
Add
Delete
Continue [El
Exhibit 4-17 Edit Media Pop-Up Window
Type a valid code to edit existing data, or pressing < «J > (), entering a "?", or
entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes. When a pop
up window appears, use the < t >, < 4 >, < PgUp >, < PgDn >, < Home >, and < End >
keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry. If
multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the < «J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry. This action
closed the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data field. Press < «J >
() to accept a new or existing code and move to the next data field. To exit the
medium selected and save changes, type 'S' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press < «J >
(< Enter >). To exit the medium selected without saving changes, type 'L' in the
SAVE/LEAVE field and press < «J > (< Enter >). The cursor will return to the status line,
as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
To delete a selected medium from the database, use the < t > and < I > keys to highlight the
desired medium, type 'D' at the status line and press < «J > (< Enter >). The DELETE
MEDIA pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-18.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-17
-------
EVENT
ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
OPUN1T: 01
MEDIA
SID: 00010
EVENT: RA1
MEDIA NAME
LA LAND CONTAMINATION
SU SURFACE UATER
GOAL ATTAIN
P
P
THREAT ADDRESSED
N
N
MATERIALS DATE
TREAT TECHNOLOGY
TREAT DATE CAP REC.
- MATERIALS
AMOUNT
POP
CATE
DELETE MEDIA -
MEDIA : SU
GOAL ATTAIN: P
THREAT ADDRESSED: N
Delete leave :
Edit
Add
Delete
Conti nue CD]
Exhibit 4-18 Delete Media Pop-Up Window
Type 'D' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < «J > (). To exit the medium
selected without deleting, type 'L' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < «J >
(). The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-?. Type a 'C' at
the status line and press < *J > (< Enter >) to return to the Enviromental Indicators screen.
MATERIALS
To display any existing material data for the medium selected, type 'A' at the Environmental
Indicators screen status line and press < *J > (< Enter >). If no material data exists for the
medium selected, the message: NOT FOUND FOR (the media code selected) will display in
the Materials section of the screen.
To add a material to the medium selected, type *A' at the status line and press < «-* >
(). The system presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-19.
Type 'A' at the status line and press < *J > (); the ADD MATERIAL pop up
window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-19.
4-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
1 - -
MMEMTAl
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUNIT: 01
Mrn % *
MEDIA NAME (
LA LAND CONTAMINATION 1
MATFI
MATERIALS DATE AMOUN1
NOT FOUND FOR
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP
1 I Edit Add
JOAL AT
9
UALS -
r
1 A
SID: 00010
fENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
AMOUNT: 500 500
UNIT: CUYD CUYD
NEEDS FUTURE HAND: Y
Save Leave : S
GATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
Delete Continue W
Exhibit 449 Add Material Pop-Up Window
Type a valid code for each data field displayed.
DATE is a required field if an amount is entered in the AMOUNT field. If no
amount is entered, DATE is optional.
MATERIALS must be reported in two standard volume units: cubic yards and
gallons. If an AMOUNT is entered, and a valid UNIT code other than CUYD
(cubic yards) or GAL (gallons) is selected, the system will automatically convert
the AMOUNT to cubic yards or gallons, depending upon the code entered. The
converted amount will display to the right of the amount entered.
Press < (< Enter >) to move the cursor to the next data field. Pressing <
(< Enter >), entering a "?", or entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up
window of valid codes. When a pop up window appears, use the < t >, < i >, ,
, , and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type
the first letter of the desired entry. If multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the < *J > (< Enter >) key to select the
highlighted entry. This action closes the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data
field. The data entered will display in the material section of the Environmental Indicators
screen. To add more materials for the medium selected, type 'A* at the status line and press
< «J > (). To return to the Environmental Indicators screen, type 'C' at the status
line and press < *J > (< Enter >).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-19
-------
EVENT
To select a material and continue to the Treatment Technologies section of the screen, use the
< t >, and < i >, keys to highlight the desired media, type 'C' and press the < «J >
(< Enter >) key to select. The system displays the selected material and presents the
Environmental Indicators status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
To edit a selected material, use the < t > and < 4 > keys to highlight the desired material,
type '£' at the status line and press < «J > (). The EDIT MATERIAL pop up
window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-20.
ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
J
EPA ID: RED9fl765«21 SID: 00010
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
OPUNIT: 01 i EDIT MATERIAL
MEDIA
MEDIA NAME GOAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
MATERIALS
S001
DATE
10/31/91
- MATERIALS -
AMOUNT
500
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
AMOUNT: 500
UNIT: CUTD
NEEDS FUTURE HAND: Y
Save Leave :
TREAT TECHNOLOGY
TREAT DATE CAP REC.
POP
CHEMICAL
CATE
CHEM NAME
CAS NO.
Edit
Add
Delete
Continue IE]
Exhibit 4-20 Edit Material Pop-up Window
Type a valid code to edit existing data, or pressing <*-> (), entering a "?", or
entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes. When a pop
up window appears, use the < t >, < I >, , , , and
keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry. If
multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the < «J > (< Enter>) key to select the highlighted entry. This action
closed the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data field. Press < «J >
(< Enter>) to accept a new or existing code and move to the next data field. To exit the
material selected and save changes, type 'S' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press <*-">
(). To exit the material selected without saving changes, type 'L1 in the
SAVE/LEAVE field and press < «J > (). The cursor will return to the status line,
as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
4-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
To delete a material from the database, use the < t > and < I > keys to highlight the desired
material, type 'D' at the status line, and press < «J > (< Enter >). The DELETE
MATERIAL pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-21.
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUN1T: 01
MEDIA
MEDIA NAME GOAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
_ UftTFPI A1 1 <
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
$001 10/31/91 500
. TDF4T TFTHUni f\(lY .
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
DELETE MATERIAL
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
AMOUNT: 500
UNIT: CUYD
NEEDS FUTURE HAND: V
Delete Leave :
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
T 1 Edit Add Delete Continue CD]
Exhibit 4-21 Delete Material Pop-Up Window
Type 'D' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < «J > (< Enter >). To exit the material
selected without deleting, type 'L' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < «J >
(). The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15. Type a 'C
at the status line and press < «J > (< Enter >) to return to the Environmental Indicators screen.
TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
To display any existing treatment technology data for the material selected, type T' at the
Environmental Indicators screen status line and press < «J > (< Enter >). If no treatment
technology data exists for the material selected, the message: TREAT NOT FOUND FOR (the
material code selected) will display in the Treatment Technology section of the screen.
To add a treatment technology to the media and associated material selected, type 'A' at the
status line and press < «J > (< Enter >). The system presents a new status line, as shown in
Exhibit 4-22.
Type 'A' at the status line and press < «J > (); the ADD TREATMENT
TECHNOLOGY pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-22.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-21
-------
EVENT
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUNIT: 01
MEDIA NAME COAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
MATERIALS
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
S001 10/31/91 500
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP GATE
TREAT NOT FOUND FOR S001
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
ADD TREAT TECH.
MEDIA: LA
TECH CODE:
SEQUENCE NO:
MATERIAL: SO''
DATE:
CAP ONLY:
RECEPTORS:
POPULATION:
TECH. VOL :
TECH. UNIT:
Save Leave :
CAS NO.
T 1 Edit Add Delete Continue [A]
Exhibit 4-22 Add Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window
Type a valid code for each data field displayed. Press < «J > (< Enter >) to move the cursor
to the next data field. Pressing < «J > (), entering a "?", or enterir. an invalid
entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes. When a pop up window appears,
usethe ,<*>, , , ,and keys to move the light
bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry. If multiple entries begin
with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the
< «-J > () key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop up window
and places the selected entry in the data field. The data entered will display in the treatment
technologies section of the Environmental Indicators screen. To add more treatment
technologies for the medium selected, type 'A' at the status line < «J > (). To
return to the Environmental Indicators screen, type 'C' at the status line and press <
(< Enter >).
To select a treatment technology and continue to the Chemical section of the screen, use the
< t > and < 4 > keys to highlight the desired treatment technology, type 'C' and press the
< *J > (< Enter >) key to select. The system displays the selected treatment technology and
presents the Environmental Indicators status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
To edit a treatment technology, use the < t > and < 4 > keys to highlight the desired treatment
technology, type 'E' at the status line and press < *J > (). The EDIT
TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-23.
4-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL UASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPLWIT: 01
MEDIA
MEDIA NAME GOAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
,^_ UATFD Til"! -
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
S001 10/31/91 500
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP CATE
CP1 10/31/91 Y
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
EDIT TREAT TECH.
MEDIA: LA
TECH CODE: CP
SEQUENCE : 1
MATERIAL: S001
DATE: 10/31/91
CAP ONLY: Y
RECEPTORS:
POPULATION:
TECH. VOL : 0
TECH. UNIT:
Save Leave :
CAS NO.
t 1 Edit Add Delete Continue [E]
Exhibit 4-23 Edit Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window
Type a valid code to edit existing data, or pressing <*-> (), entering a "?", or
entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes. When a pop
up window appears, use the < t >, < 4 >, , , , and
keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry. If
multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the < «J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry. This action
closed the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data field. Press < «J >
(< Enter >) to accept a new or existing code and move to the next data field. To exit the
treatment technology selected and save changes, type 'S' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press
< «J > (). To exit the treatment technology selected without saving changes, type
'L' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press < «J > (). The cursor will return to the
status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-24.
To delete a treatment technology from the database, use the < t > and < * > keys to highlight
the desired treatment technology, type *D' at the status line, and press <<-i > ().
The DELETE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit
4-24.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-23
-------
EVENT
EPA ID: RED93 76543 21
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT E\
OPUNIT: 01
MEDIA
MEDIA NAME GOAL AT
LA LAND CONTAMINATION P
._ _ MATFEM Al *1 -.
MATERIALS DATE AMOUNT
S001 10/31/91 500
SID: 00010
/ENT: RA1
DELETE TREAT TECH.
MEDIA: LA
TECH CODE: CP
SEQUENCE : 1
MATERIAL: $001
DATE: 10/31/91
CAP ONLY: Y
RECEPTORS:
POPULATION:
Delete Leave :
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
CP1 10/31/91 Y
1 1 Edit Add Delete Continue ID)
Exhibit 4-24 Delete Treatment Technology Pop-Up Window
Type 'D* in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < *J > (< Enter >). To exit the medium
selected without deleting, type 'L' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < «J >
(< Enter >). The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15. Type a 'C'
at the status line and press < «J > (< Enter >) to return to the Enviromental Indicators screen.
CHEMICALS
To display any existing chemical category and/or chemical data for the media and material
selected, type 'C' at the Environmental Indicators screen status line and press < «J >
(< Enter >). If no chemical category and/or chemical exists for the media and material selected,
the message: CHEMICAL NOT FOUND FOR (the media and material code selected) will
display in the Treatment Technology section of the screen.
To add a chemical category and/or chemical to the media and associated material selected, type
'A' at the status line and press < «J > (). The system presents a new status line,
as shown in Exhibit 4-24.
Type 'A' at the status line and press < *J > (< Enter >); the CHEMICAL ADD pop up
window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-25.
4-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
EP/
SITE 1
OP
MEDIA
LA
SW
MATER
S001
TBf
k ID: RED987654321 SID: 00010
IAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
CATEGORY:
CAS NO:
CHEMICAL NAME:
Save Leave :
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP
T 1 Edit Add
CHEMICAL
GATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
CHEMICAL NOT FOUND FOR LA/S001
Delete Continue [A]
Exhibit 4-25 Chemical Add Pop-Up Window
Type a valid code for each applicable data field displayed. Press < -*-1 > (< Enter >) to move
the cursor to the next data field. Pressing < «J > (< Enter>), entering a "?", or entering an
invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.
Due to the large number of valid codes for CAS Number and Chemical Name,
a pop-up window of valid codes is not available. However, the system will
search for a partial listing typed into either field field for valid listings.
When a pop up window appears, use the < 1 >, < I >, , , ,
and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry. If multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «J > (< Enter>) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
A Chemical Category is required. A CAS Number or Chemical Name is not
required. If a CAS Number is entered, the corresponding Chemical Name will
be displayed. If a Chemical Name is entered, the corresponding CAS Number
will be displayed. The system does not verify that a CAS Number or Chemical
Name entered belongs to the Chemical Category selected, so the user must verify
this information prior to data entry.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-25
-------
EVENT
The data entered will display in the Chemical section of the Environmental Indicators screen.
To add more chemical categories and/or chemicals for the treatment technology selected, type
'A' at the status line and press < <«J > (). To return to the Environmental Indicators
screen, type 'C' at the status line and press < «J > ().
To select a chemical category and/or chemical and continue to the Chemical section of the
screen, use the < t > and < I > keys to highlight the desired chemical category and/or
chemical, type *C and press the < «J > () key to select. The system displays the
selected chemical category and/or chemical and presents the Environmental Indicators status line,
as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
To edit a chemical category and/or chemical, use the < t > and < i > keys to highlight the
desired chemical category and/or chemical, type 'E' at the status line and press <
(). The CHEMICAL EDIT pop up window is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 4-26.
EP/
SITE 1
OP
MEDIA
LA
HATER
S001
TRE
TREAT
CP1
I ID: RED987654321 SID: 00010
4AME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
CATEGORY: D
CAS NO: CHEM-CAT-D
CHEMICAL NAME:
Save Leave :
AT TECHNOLOGY
DATE CAP REC. POP
10/31/91 Y
t 1 Edit Add
CHEMICAL
CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
D CHEM-CAT-D
Delete Continue [El
Exhibit 4-26 Chemical Edit Pop-Up Window
Type a valid code to edit existing data, or pressing <*-!> (), entering a
entering an invalid entry in a data field activates a pop up window of valid codes.
or
Due to the large number of valid codes for CAS Number and Chemical Name,
a pop-up window of valid codes is not available. However, the system will
search for a partial listing typed into either field field for valid listings.
4-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
When a pop up window appears, use the < t >, < 1 > , < PgUp >, < PgDn >, < Home >,
and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry. If multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closed the pop up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
A Chemical Category is required. A CAS Number or Chemical Name is not
required. If a CAS Number is entered, the corresponding Chemical Name will
be displayed. If a Chemical Name is entered, the corresponding CAS Number
will be displayed. The system does not verify that a CAS Number or Chemical
Name entered belongs to the Chemical Category selected, so the user must verify
this information prior to data entry.
Press < «J > () to accept a new or existing code and move to the next data field.
To exit the chemical category and/or chemical selected and save changes, type 'S' in the
SAVE/LEAVE field and press < «J > (< Enter>). To exit the treatment technology selected
without saving changes, type 'L' in the SAVE/LEAVE field and press < «J > ().
The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15.
To delete a chemical category and/or chemical from the database, use the < t > and < 4 >
keys to highlight the desired chemical category and/or chemical, type 'D' at the status line and
press <<-'> (< Enter >). The DELETE CHEMICAL pop up window is displayed, as shown
in Exhibit 4-27.
l?t
SITE 1
OP
MEDIA
LA
HATER
S001
TnE
V ID: RED987654321 SID: 00010
IAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT EVENT: RA1
MEDIA: LA
MATERIAL: S001
CATEGORY: D
CAS NO: CHEH-CAT-D
CHEMICAL NAME:
Dele Leave :
TREAT DATE CAP REC. POP
CP1 10/31/91 r
T l Edit Add
tfhueut *>**
CATE CHEM NAME CAS NO.
D CKEM-CAT-D
Delete Continue [D]
Exhibit 4-27 Delete Chemical Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-27
-------
EVENT
Type 'D' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < «-i > (< Enter >). To exit the medium
selected without deleting, type 'L' in the DELETE/LEAVE field and press < «J >
(< Enter >). The cursor will return to the status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-15. Type a 'C'
at the status line and press < « J > (< Enter >) to return to the Environmental Indicators screen.
4.3.7 Add Event
This option provides access to an Event Summary "ADD" screen used to add a new event for
the selected site to the database. Exhibit 4-14 illustrates the Event Summary "ADD" screen.
ADO
EVENT SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00010
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT: FA1
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSIT
EVENT NAME: FIVE YEAR REMEDY ASSE
EVENT DATA
EVENT LEAD::
SCAP NOTE:
TAKEOVER:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
FIRST START INDICATOR: A
CONTACT NAME:
PLANNING STATUS:
COMPLETE
/ /
/ /
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR: A
CONTACT NO.: ( )
Add
Edit
Leave
t ]
Exhibit 4-28 Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)
This example depicts a "master" Event Summary screen showing every possible Event data field
defined in WasteLAN. In actual use, the Event Summary shows only those data fields defined
for the chosen event type. For example, if the selected event type is "CO" (for "Combined
RI/FS"), the Event Category and Approval Authority fields do not appear on the Event Summary
screen.
When the screen first appears, the cursor is at the Opunit field, and the fields in the Event Data
portion of the screen are not displayed. Enter a valid operable unit number for the site.
Entering an invalid operable unit number displays the following message at the bottom of the
screen: OPERABLE UNIT NN DOES NOT EXIST AT THIS SITE ("NN" represents the
operable unit number entered). The system then displays a pop-up window showing all operable
units existing at the selected site. This Existing Operable Units pop-up window is similar to the
one presented earlier in Exhibit 4-12, except that the "Return to Event" option is not included.
4-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
Once a valid opunit has been entered, the cursor moves to the Event field. Pressing < Enter > ,
or entering a "?" or an invalid entry in this field activates a pop-up window of event types.
Choosing an event type from the window (or manually entering an event code in the Event field)
displays the rest of the data fields on the Event Summary "ADD" screen (see Exhibit 4-14) and
places the cursor at the Event Lead field. Several other fields on the Event Summary screen are
also linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name.
Exhibit 4-15 shows all of the pop-up windows available on Event Summary screens.
Important: Many of the larger pop-up windows contain more entries than can be
displayed in one page (screenful) of the window. Use the < * >, , and
keys to scroll forward and view additional entries; use the ,
, and keys to scroll back to previous entries.
When a pop-up window appears, use the < t >, < * >, , , ,
and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «J > (< Enter>) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
Use the < Enter > key to move to each succeeding field on the Event summary screen and enter
the appropriate data. Pressing < Enter > at the last data field places the cursor at the status
line. Options on the Event Summary "ADD" screen status line are described below.
Add - this option is the default option. Press < Enter > to add the record to the database. The
Event Summary screen will display the newly added record.
Edit - permits changes to be made to the new record before adding it to the database. Entering
"E" returns the cursor to the Event Lead field. Use the key to move the
cursor to the appropriates field(s) and make the necessary change(s). Press < Enter >
at the last field to return to the status line.
Leave - discards all data entered and displays the previous screen. If the "ADD" screen was
accessed from the Menu options window, then the Event Summary "VIEW" screen will
appear. If the "ADD" screen was accessed from the "DO YOU WISH TO ADD A(N)
XX EVENT?" prompt on the Site Selection screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection
screen will appear.
4.3.8 Delete Event
This option permits the deletion of the selected event record from the database. Choosing this
option presents the following prompt at at the bottom of the Event Summary screen: "N" (for
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-29
-------
EVENT
4-30
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "No"), so pressing < Enter > leaves the
record unchanged. Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press to delete the record and return
to the Site Selection screen (shown previously in Exhibit 4-4).
Deleting an event record deletes all supporting data associated with it, such as comments,
technical information, etc. However, links associated with the event must be deleted separately
using the "Add/Delete Links" option (described in Section 4.3.19); the Links module is
described in Chapter 8.
4.3.9 View Site
This option provides view-only access to detailed site information for the selected site. Choosing
this option displays the first of two Site Summary "VIEW" screens, illustrated in Exhibit 4-16.
This screen is described in detail in Chapter 3, Section 3.3.
REF NO.: 00010
IFMS ID NO.: 0148
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SMITHFIELD
STATE: ME
COUNTY NAME: MORRIS
CONGRESS DISTRICT: 01 FED
OWNER INDICATOR: PR
LATITUDE: 41 59 00.0
LAT/LONG SOURCE: R
USGS HYDRO UNIT: 01090003
NPL STATUS INDIC: F COST
CATEGORY: H SITE
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: Y
S/I DIOXIN TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward
I^B^B ere
^^^^^^ 9m
EPA ID:
ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FACILITY INDIC:
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
INCIDENT TYPE:
METROSTAT AREA:
RECOVERY INDIC:
CLASSIFICATION:
STATE PRP:
MUNICIPAL PRP:
NPL UPDATE NO.:
ecu 1 Of ? ___
,cii i wr c ^^^^^
RED987654321
02824-
007
N
071 33 00.0
6480
E
F
N
N
00
Leave [NJ
4.3.10
Exhibit 4-29 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2
Subevents
Subevents are used to track individual tasks or milestones within an event. Selecting this option
displays a Subevents "VIEW" screen showing all existing subevent records for the selected
event. Exhibit 4-17 illustrates the Subevents "VIEW" screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-31
-------
EVENT
VIEW
SUBEVENTS
REf NO.: OC077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: PA1
EPA ID: HRS987654321
SITE NAME: SMITHF1ELD UASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
-SU8EVENTS-
-SEOSCAP NOTES-
-START-
COMPLETECOHKh
R21 ADDITIONAL INFO RE 001
PL 01/01/89 01/01/89
ACT 01/01/89 01/01/89
Upload SCAP Acid Edit Delete Conments Leave
Exhibit 4-30 Subevents "VIEW" Screen
As the legend at the bottom left side of the screen indicates, an asterisk next to a subevent record
indicates that the record is uploaded to CERCLIS; the asterisk is system-generated, based on the
subevent type selected. Also, certain subevent types are coded for SCAP reporting; these
subevents appear in white type on color monitors.
Some subevent types are regionally defined and/or used in WasteLAN only (not in CERCLIS).
Several characteristics distinguish these subevent types from subevent types that are uploaded
to CERCLIS. First, regional/WasteLAN-only subevents are not marked with an asterisk.
Second, the codes used for these subevent types consist of a letter followed by two numbers
(instead of two letters and one number). Third, a system-generated sequence number (second
column from left in Exhibit 4-17) is assigned to regional/WasteLAN-only subevents.
The sequence number and subevent code used for regional/WasteLAN-only subevents provide
much flexibility in entering multiple occurrences of the same subevent type. When the second
occurrence of the same type is entered, the same subevent code is used, but a different sequence
number is assigned; this pattern applies to up to 999 occurrences of the same
regional/WasteLAN-only subevent type. Then, if another occurrence of the same type is
entered, the last number of the subevent code increases by one, the sequence number reverts to
001, and the pattern begins again.
If no subevent records exist for the selected event, only "Add" and "Leave" options appear on
the status line, and the following message appears on the screen:
4-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
NO SUBEVENTS DEFINED FOR THIS EVENT. Entering "A" (for "Add") activates a
pop-up window of subevent types. Entries in this window vary, depending upon the type of the
selected event record. Exhibit 4-18 presents an example of the Subevent Types window that
appears for Remedial Action (RA) events.
SUBEVENT TYPES
RETURN TO SUBEVENT
R1 LEAD ASSIGNED
R2 ADDITIONAL INFO REQUEST
EC EXTENT OF CONTAMINATION
R5 DRAFT REPORT
t J - Press «-> to select
Exhibit 4-31 Subevent Types Pop-Up Window
Use the < t >, < * >, , , , and keys to move the light
bar, or type the first letter of the desired subevent type; if multiple types begin with the same
letter, keep pressing the letter until the appropriate type is highlighted. Press the <»->>
(< Enter >) key to select the highlighted subevent type. This action closes the Subevent Types
window and presents the selected type and blank data entry fields at the bottom of the screen,
as illustrated in Exhibit 4-19.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-33
-------
EVENT
ADD
SUBEVENTS
REf NO.: 00077
OPUN1T: 00
EVENT: PA1
EPA 10: MRS987654321
SITE NAME: SMITHFtELD WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
-SUBEVENTS-
-SEOSCAP NOTES-
-START COMPLETECOMMn
R11 LEAD ASSIGNED
001
PL
ACT
Exhibit 4-32 Subevents "ADD" Screen
The cursor appears at the SCAP Notes field; type the appropriate text and/or press < Enter >.
The cursor moves to the first of four date fields. Enter the appropriate Planned Start and
Complete dates. Pressing < Enter > at the last date field adds the subevent record to the
database and displays the original status line. If no dates are entered, the following message
appears at the bottom of the screen: NO DATES ENTERED, SUBEVENT NOT ADDED.
The record is not added to the database, and the original status line appears.
Options on the Subevents "VIEW" screen (Exhibit 4-17) are described below. Select an option
by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.
Add - activates the Subevent Types pop-up window presented earlier in Exhibit 4-18. After
selecting a subevent from the window, enter the appropriate SCAP information (if any)
and Planned Start and Complete dates. Pressing < Enter> at the last date field
automatically adds the new subevent record to the database and returns the cursor to the
status line. If no dates are entered, the following message appears at the bottom of the
screen: NO DATES ENTERED, SUBEVENT NOT ADDED. The record is not added
to the database, and the cursor returns to the status line.
Edit - permits modification of an existing subevent record; for example, use this option to add
or modify SCAP Notes for an existing subevent, or to enter an Actual Start or Complete
date. Entering "E" highlights the first record on the screen and displays the following
selection prompt at the
4-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
bottom of the screen: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select. When the desired subevent
record is selected, the cursor is positioned at the SCAP Notes field; use the < Enter> key to
move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s). Pressing < Enter > at the
last date field records the change(s) to the database and returns the cursor to the status line.
Delete - removes an existing subevent record from the database. Entering "D" highlights the
first record on the screen and displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of
the screen: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select. When the desired subevent record
is selected, the following prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves
the record unchanged. Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > deletes the record and
returns the cursor to the status line.
Comments - provides access to a Subevent Comments screen used to enter free-form comment
text pertaining to a subevent. Entering "C" highlights the first record on the screen and
displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use t or 4 - press
< Enter> to select. When the desired subevent record is selected, a Subevent
Comments screen appears. This screen functions the same as the Event Comments
screen described in Section 4.3.11.
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.11 Comments
The "Comments" option is used to add, view, edit, or delete free-form comment text pertaining
to an event. Selecting "Comments" from the Event Summary Menu options window displays
an Event Comments summary screen showing all existing comments for the event. Exhibit 4-20
presents an example of this screen.
If no comment records have been entered, the status line offers only "Add" and "Leave" options,
and the following message appears on the screen: NO COMMENTS FOUND.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-35
-------
EVENT
VIEW
EVENT COMMENTS
REF MO.: 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: PA1
EPA ID: HRS987654321
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD UASTE & TRA
EVENT MAKE: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
COMM LINE
ID NO. COMMENTS TYPE
001 01 PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED THE ID
001 02 POPULATED PERIMETER
Add new comment Select comment ID View screen Leave
Exhibit 4-33 Event Comments Summary Screen
The "Comm ID" field on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential number
assigned to a comment record when it is entered in the system. The "Line No." column
identifies each line of text within a single comment record.
Entering "A" (for "Add" or "Add New Comment") at the status line of the Event Comments
summary activates a pop-up window of Comment Types. Exhibit 4-21 illustrates this window.
AT
DO
ID
HA
TK
(BLANK)
ACTIONS TAKEN
AUOT-26
INCIDENT DESCRIPTION
MATERIALS
THREATS
T i - Press <*! to select
Exhibit 4-34 Comment Type Pop-Up Window
Use the , <*>, , , ,and keys to highlight the
desired comment type, and press the < «J > (< Enter >) key to select it. This action closes
the Comment Type pop-up window, presents a blank pop-up window for entering the comment
text, and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: I to EXIT
f.
4-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
Type the appropriate comment text. Text appears as it is typed; the and <->
keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes. Also, the < End > key moves
the cursor forward on a line, word by word, and the key moves the cursor backward
on a line, word by word.
Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line. If more than eleven lines of text
are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank lines for entering
more text. After the comment text has been typed, press the key to enter it into the
database. This action closes the text window and displays the Event Comments summary.
The "Select Comment ID" option on the Event Comments summary status line is used to choose
an individual comment record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes. Entering "S" at the
status line displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: ENTER
COMMENT ID: OR PRESS < Enter > TO EXIT. Type the desired comment ID number
and press < Enter >.
Note: It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number; for
example, comment "001" can be entered as "1." The system displays the selected
comment and presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-22.
Add new line Edit line Delete line View Leave
Exhibit 4-35 Event Comments Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter > . Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 4-22 are described below.
Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the comment text and presents the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: * to * EXIT t. Cursor
position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use
the < * > key to move the light bar forward, stopping on the blank line immediately
below the last line of existing text. Type the new text, then press to close the
window and add the new information to the database.
Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up window containing
the comment text and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: *
to EXIT t. Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the
reverse-video highlight bar. Use the < * > key to move the light bar forward in the
window; use the < t > key to move the light bar back to a previous line. When the
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-37
-------
EVENT
desired line is highlighted, use the <->, <-»>, , and keys to
move the cursor to the appropriate text within the line and make the necessary change(s).
Press to close the window and record the change(s) to the database.
Delete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed comment and presents the following
selection prompt: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select. After highlighting the
desired line and pressing < Enter > to select it, the following deletion prompt appears
at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N"
(for "No"), so pressing < Enter> leaves the line unchanged. Type "Y" and press
< Enter > to delete the selected line.
View - provides view-only access to the selected comment record. If the entire comment record
is visible on the current screen, entering "V" (for "View") displays a new status line
containing only a "Leave" option. If more text exists than is visible on the current
screen, entering "V" displays a new status line containing "Forward," "Back," and
"Leave" options. Enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next page of comment text,
"B" (for "Backward") to display the previous page, and "L" (for "Leave") to exit
"View" mode and return to the status line shown in Exhibit 4-22.
Leave - displays the Event Comments summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit 4-20)
showing all comments entered for the selected site.
The "View Screen" option on the Event Comments summary (see Exhibit 4-20) provides
view-only access to comment records for the selected event. If all comments for the selected
event are visible on the initial Event Comments summary screen, then entering "V (for "View
Screen") displays a new status line containing only a "Leave" option. However, if more
comment records exist for the event than are visible on the initial summary screen, selecting the
"View Screen" option presents a different status line containing the following options:
Forward - presents the next page of comment records for the selected event. Entering "F" when
the last (or only) page of comments is already displayed results in the message END OF
SELECTED LIST.
Back - presents the previous page of comment records for the selected event. Entering "B"
when the first (or only) page of comments is already displayed results in the message
BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Leave - displays the original Event Comments summary screen status line (see Exhibit 4-20).
Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Event Comments summary status line displays the
Event Summary screen from which the "Comments" menu option was selected.
4.3.12
RCRAID
An RCRA ID is a number that identifies the RCRA facility receiving material removed from a
4*38
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
site. This option applies to Removal, Remedial Action, and Expedited Response Action events
only. Selecting this option presents an RCRA ID "VIEW" screen; Exhibit 4-23 illustrates this
screen.
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS987654321
SITE NAME: SHITHFIELO WASTE & TRASH
HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATED, STORED, DISPOSED SINCE 11/19/80:
CURRENT INTERIH STATUS: PAST INTERIM STATUS:
PERMIT:
PERMIT: PERMIT ISSUE DATE: / /
NON-NOTIHER FACILITY: PROTECTIVE FILER:
OWNER FILED FOR BANKRUPTCY: IF YES, UKAT APPLICABLE LAW:
LOST AUTK TO OPERATE: INTERIM STATUS TERMINATED DATE: / /
DEMONSTRATED UNWILLINGNESS TO UNDERTAKE PAST CORRECTIVE ACTION:
CURRENT OWNER/OPERATOR ENFORCEMENT ACTION:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
ENTER:
Leave [LJ
Exhibit 4-36 RCRA ID "VIEW" Screen
If no RCRA ID has been entered for the event, only "Add" and "Leave" options appear on the
status line, and the following message is displayed on the screen; NO RCRA ID DEFINED
FOR THIS EVENT.
Options on the RCRA ID "VIEW" screen status line are described below.
Add - presents a blank ID NO. data field at the bottom left corner of the screen. Type the
appropriate RCRA ID number and press < Enter >. The data field disappears, the new
RCRA ID number appears under the RCRA Offsite ID column heading, and the cursor
returns to the status line.
Delete - displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use f or 4 - press
to select. When the desired RCRA ID record is highlighted and selected, the
following prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the ID unchanged.
Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > deletes the selected ID and returns the cursor to the
status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-39
-------
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.13 Technical Info
This option provides access to the screens used to view, add, edit, or delete technical
information types and associated qualifiers for Removal events. Choosing this option presents
a Technical Information "VIEW" screen showing all previously entered technical information
types for the selected event. Exhibit 4-24 presents an example of the Technical Information
"VIEW" screen.
If no technical information types have been entered for the selected event, only "Add" and
"Leave" options appear on the status line, and the following message is displayed on the screen:
NO TECHNICAL INFORMATION RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS EVENT.
VIEW
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: RV2
EPA 10: HRS987654321
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
TECH INFO TYPE
NAME
QUALIFIERS
GT
GENERAL TREATMENT TECHNIQUE
YES
Add
Edit/delete
Leave
CU
Exhibit 4-37 Technical Information "VIEW" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. The default option is "L" (for
"Leave"), so pressing displays the Event Summary screen.
To add a technical information type, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. The screen
changes to "ADD" mode, and a pop-up window of available technical information types appears.
Exhibit 4-25 depicts the Technical Information Types pop-up window.
4-40
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
TECHNICAL QUALIFIERS
SAVE SELECTIONS
RETURN TO TECH INFO SUMMARY SCREEN
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
» AF
AC
AH
CONTAINMENT
DETONATION
RECYCLING
BLEND IMG
CAPPING
TEMPORARY STORAGE
ALTERNATE WATER SUPPLY
LANDFILLING
Exhibit 4-38 Technical Information Types Pop-Up Window
Use the < t >, < * >, , < PgDn>, , and keys to move the light
bar, or type the first character of the desired technical information type code; if multiple codes
begin with the same character, keep pressing the character until the desired type is highlighted.
Press the < «-J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted technical information type.
Note: Once selected, the technical information type is removed from the list of
available entries in the Technical Information Types window. This feature prevents
the same technical information type from being entered more than once for the same
event.
Selecting a technical information type closes the pop-up window, displays the selected technical
information type on the Technical Information screen, and presents the prompt shown in Exhibit
4-26.
00 YOU WISH TO ADO TECH INFO QUALIFIERS? t«
Exhibit 4-39 Technical Information Qualifiers Prompt
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses the Qualifier entry
routine and displays the Event Summary screen. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing
< Enter > presents a pop-up window of qualifier selections. Entries in the qualifier window
vary, based on the technical information type selected.
An example of the Qualifiers pop-up window is presented in Exhibit 4-27. This window
contains a marking feature that allows multiple qualifiers to be entered for the same technical
information type. Use the , <*>, , , ,and
keys to move the light bar, or type the first character of a qualifier to highlight it; if multiple
qualifiers begin with the same character, keep
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-41
-------
EVENT
pressing the character until the desired qualifier is highlighted. Then, mark the qualifier by
pressing the < «-J > (< Enter >) key; a triangular pointer appears to the left of the selected
qualifier. Pressing < Enter > on a marked qualifier unmarks the qualifier by removing the
triangular pointer.
TECHNICAL QUALIFIERS
SAVE SELECTIONS
RETURN TO TECH INFO SUMMARY SCREEN
AT - ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY
EX - EXISTING
IN - INNOVATIVE
NW - NEW
OH - OTHER
T 1 - Press V to select
Exhibit 4-40 Technical Information Qualifiers Pop-Up Window
When all of the appropriate qualifiers have been marked, highlight the "Save Selections" option
at the top of the window. The selected qualifier(s) is (are) displayed at the bottom left comer
of the screen, and the cursor appears at the status line.
The default option is "A" (for "Add"), so press < Enter> to add the selected qualifier(s) to the
technical information type and return to the Event Summary screen. Entering "L" (for "Leave")
enters the technical information type without adding any qualifiers and displays the Event
Summary screen.
To edit or delete an existing technical information type or qualifier(s), enter "E" (for
"Edit/delete") at the status line of the Technical Information "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 4-24).
The system highlights the first record on the screen and displays the following prompt at the
bottom of the screen: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.
Once the desired record is highlighted and selected, the screen changes to "EDIT" mode,
displays any qualifiers associated with the selected technical information type, and presents a
new status line. Exhibit 4-28 illustrates the Technical Information "EDIT" screen status line.
Edit/delete
Save
Leave
Exhibit 4-41 Technical Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line
4-42
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
If no qualifiers are associated with the selected technical information record, the following
message appears at the bottom of the screen: NO QUALIFIERS HAVE BEEN SELECTED
... PLEASE EDIT TO ADD QUALIFIERS. When the message disappears, the status line
shown in Exhibit 4-28 appears.
Options on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-41 are described below.
Edit/delete - used to add/remove qualifiers for a technical information record, or to delete a
technical information record from the database. Entering "E" (for "Edit") displays the
Qualifiers window presented earlier in Exhibit 4-28. To add a qualifier, highlight the
desired unmarked qualifier and press < Enter >; a triangular pointer appears next to the
selection. To remove a qualifier, highlight the desired marked qualifier and press
< Enter >; the triangular pointer disappears.
Once all of the appropriate qualifiers have been marked/ unmarked, highlight the "Save
Selections" option at the top of the Qualifier window and press < Enter >. If qualifiers
remain selected, the Qualifiers window disappears and the cursor returns to the status
line. If all qualifiers were removed (or never existed), the Qualifiers window disappears
and the following delete prompt is displayed at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE IN].
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the technical
information record in the database and places the cursor at the status line. Typing "Y"
and pressing < Enter > deletes the technical information type and qualifiers and displays
the Event Summary screen.
Save - records qualifier changes to the database. After adding or removing the appropriate
qualifiers, enter "S" to save the changes and return to the Event Summary screen.
Leave - forfeits all changes and displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.14 Chemical Info
This option provides access to the screen used to view, add, edit, or delete chemical information
for Removal, Remedial and Combined events. This option presents a Chemical Summary
"VIEW" screen showing all previously entered chemical records for the selected event. This
screen is similar to the Chemical Summary "ADD" screen illustrated in Exhibit 4-29, except that
the status line at the Chemical Information box near the middle of the screen does not appear.
If no chemical information has been entered for the selected event, only "Add" and "Leave"
options appear on the status line, and the following message is displayed on the screen: NO
CHEMICAL RECORDS FOUND.
Entering "A" (for "Add") activates the status line at the Chemical Information box near the
middle of the screen. Exhibit 4-42 depicts the Chemical Summary "ADD" screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-43
-------
EVENT
ADD
CHEMICAL SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00083
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: RV1
EPA ID: MED086876968
SITE NAME: UATERBORO PATENT CORP
EVENT NAHE: REMOVAL ACTION
CHEMICAL INFORMATION
CHEM NAHE:
COMMON NAHE:
SEARCH ON -> 1 CHEM NAHE 2 CAS NO.
CAS NO.:
LEAVE
CAS NO. CHEMICAL NAME
13322U ASBESTOS
COMMON NAHE
Add
Edit
Leave
C ]
Exhibit 4-42 Chemical Summary "ADD" Screen
To search for the desired chemical using its chemical name, enter "1"; to search for a chemical
using its Chemical Abstracts (CAS) number, enter "2"; to exit "ADD" mode and return to the
status line at the bottom of the screen, enter "L" (for "Leave").
Entering "1" places the cursor at the Chem Name field. The highlighted first letter of the field
name indicates that this field is linked to a pop-up window; however, entering a "?" does not
activate a pop-up window showing all available chemical names. Instead, entering a full or
partial chemical name initiates a search of the database. Then the system displays a pop-up
window listing all of the chemicals in the database for which any part of the chemical or
common name matches the name entered. If no matches are found, the following message is
displayed at the bottom of the screen: CHEMICAL NAME NOT FOUND.
Exhibit 4-43 presents an example of the Valid Chemicals pop-up window that appears upon
completion of a successful search on chemical name. In this example, the character string "line"
was entered in the Chem Name field.
4-44
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
VALID CHEMICALS
SELECT BLANK TO CLOSE UINDOU
110634 1,4-BUTANEDIOL
112721 1-TETRADECENE
1746016 2,3,7,8-TETRACHLOROOlBENZO-P-OIOXINCTC
13826830 AMMONIUM FLUOBORATE
12007895 AMMONIUM PENTABORATE
95943 BENZENE,1,2,4,5-TETRACHLORO-
7789426 CADMIUM BROMIDE
10325947 CADMIUM NITRATE
10124375 CALCIUM NITRATE
I MORE 1
- Press ** to select
Exhibit 4-43 Valid Chemicals Pop-Up Window
The window shows the CAS number and chemical name of all chemicals that meet the search
criteria. Use the , <*>, , , , and keys to
scroll the light bar and highlight the desired chemical, or type the first character of the desired
entry; if multiple entries begin with the same character, keep pressing the character until the
desired chemical is highlighted.
Press the < «-< > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted chemical. This action closes the
pop-up window and enters the chemical name, common name, and CAS number of the selected
chemical in the corresponding fields. The cursor returns to the bottom status line, which offers
the following options:
Add - appears as the default option; press < Enter > to add the chemical information to the
event record.
Edit - returns the cursor to the search option status line in the Chemical Information box in the
middle of the screen. Enter "1" or "2" to conduct another search and select a different
chemical.
Leave - displays the original Chemical Summary screen status line (see Exhibit 4-42).
To delete a chemical record, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line at the bottom of the
Chemical Summary screen. The system displays the following selection prompt at the bottom
of the screen: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.
When the desired chemical record is highlighted and selected, the following prompt appears at
the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for
"No"), so pressing leaves the chemical unchanged. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and
pressing < Enter > deletes the selected chemical and returns the cursor to the Chemical
Summary "VIEW" screen status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-45
-------
EVENT
4.3.15
Financial
This option provides access to financial information for the selected event.
Important: With the exception of Planned Obligation records, write access to
WasteLAN financial information is limited to users who have financial system access
rights. Financial information includes event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget
(C2600), enforcement Cost Recovery (C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
Users without write access to financial data encounter the following error message when
attempting to add or edit financial records: YOU DO NOT HAVE FINANCIAL RIGHTS.
The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning financial system access rights.
Planned Obligation financial records in the event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget
(C2600), and NSI financial (PI400) databases are considered SCAP information. Therefore,
write access to these records is determined by SCAP access rights. Users who do not have
SCAP access rights encounter the following error message when attempting to add or edit
Planned Obligation records: SCAP LOCKOUT CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS. The
WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.
Choosing the Financial option activates a pop-up window of financial types.
illustrates the Financial Types pop-up window.
Exhibit 4-44
FINANCIAL TYPES
A
C
D
E
H
1
M
0
RETURN TO EVENT
ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
ACTUAL OBLIGATION
COMMITMENT
OEOBLIGATION
RA COST ESTIMATE
TES WORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
DEOUTLAY
DECOMMITMENT
OUTLAY
1 MORE i
Exhibit 4-44 Financial Types Pop-Up Window
Important: Not all financial types are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
Use the < * >, , and keys to scroll forward in the window; use
the < t >, , and keys to scroll back to previous entries.
4-46
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
Select a highlighted entry by pressing the < «-J > (< Enter >) key. Choosing the "Return to
Event" entry closes the window without selecting a financial type.
The "Add/Delete ACN/DCN" option is used to add and delete Account Numbers (ACH) and
Document Control Numbers (DCN) that link financial data from EPA's Integrated Financial
Management System (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial data. The ACN/DCN
combination is required for IFMS transfer. Selecting this option presents the screen shown in
Exhibit 4-45.
VIEW
ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF MO.: 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: PA1
EPA ID: NRS987654321
SITE NAME: SH1THFIELD UASTE S TRA
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
ACN:
DCN:
Add
Delete
Leave
CU
Exhibit 4-45 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. The default option is "L" (for
"Leave"), so pressing < Enter > displays the Financial Types pop-up window (Exhibit 4-44).
To add an ACN/DCN combination, enter "A" (for "Add"). The status line changes, offering
an "Edit" option instead of "Delete," and the cursor moves to the ACN field. Type a 10-digit
ACN and press < Enter >; the cursor moves to the DCN field. Type a 6-digit DCN and press
; the cursor moves to the status line, where "A" (for "Add") is the default option.
Press < Enter > to add the ACN/DCN combination to the database.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") before adding the record moves the cursor to the ACN field, allowing
you to modify the ACN/DCN combination before adding it. Entering "LM (for "Leave")
displays the financial Types pop-up window.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-47
-------
EVENT
To delete an ACN/DCN combination, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line. The cursor
moves to the ACN field. Type an existing ACN and press < Enter>; the cursor moves to the
DCN field. Type an existing DCN and press . The cursor returns to the status line,
where "D" is the default option; press < Enter> to delete the ACN/DCN combination.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist, the following message appears at the
bottom of the screen: THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND. The system clears the ACN and
DCN fields and returns the cursor to the status line. Enter "D" to begin the delete routine
again.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered is associated with an existing financial record, the system
will not allow it to be deleted; the following message appears at the bottom of the screen:
FUND FINANCIAL RECORDS ATTACHED TO THIS ACN/DCN. The ACN/DCN
remains in the database, and the system clears the ACN and DCN fields and returns the cursor
to the status line. Enter "D" to begin the delete routine again. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at
the status line displays the Financial Types pop-up window.
Selecting any of the other financial types (see Exhibit 4-44) displays a Financial Summary screen
showing all existing records for the selected type. Exhibit 4-46 presents an example of a
Financial Summary screen for Actual Obligations.
VIEW
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
ACTUAL OBLIGATION
REF NO.: 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: RV2
EPA ID: MRS9B76543Z1
SITE NAME: SMimiELD WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
SEQ
NO.
F
CON M
VEH S
DATE
AMOUNT
FUND
STAT
ACN
DCN
WORK
ASGN
NO.
AM
NO.
NEW ETA C 01/16/90
135,000 B APR 8TGB01PP87 PE0042
Audit/Trail
Add
Edit/delete
Comments
Leave
[L]
Exhibit 4-46 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)
4-48
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
The summary screens for other financial types are similar to the Actual Obligations summary
screen; only the title at the top right of screen varies, based on the financial type selected.
Exception: There are three financial types for which regional personnel cannot add
new records: Outlay, Cumulative Outlay, and Deoutlay. For these financial types,
the "Add" option will not be displayed on the financial summary screen status line.
New records for these types are created in IFMS and added to the regional database
via CERCLIS downloads.
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the record
is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word "NEW" appears in
this column. An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for "CERCLIS") is automatically
generated when a new record is added; this value changes to "F" when IFMS sends data to the
mainframe and a match is made when the data is downloaded to WasteLAN.
Important: An IFMS Flag value of UE" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
CERCLIS financial records. Changing the IFMS Flag value from "E" to "F"
indicates agreement with the records as shown. For records with an IFMS Flag value
of "E" or "F," may be edited for the record, but the IFMS Flag value will be changed
to "C."
If no records exist for the selected financial type, the following message appears on the screen:
NO FINANCIAL RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS EVENT TYPE. To add a new record,
enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD" screen containing blank data entry fields
appears. An example of the Actual Obligation data screen is presented in Exhibit 4-34.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-49
-------
EVENT
AOD L_
REF NO.: 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: RV2
EPA ID: MRS987654321
SHE NAME: SH1THHELD WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
DATE: / /
BUDGET SOURCE:
ACN:
CONTRACT VEH:
WORK ASGN NO.:
If MS FLAG: C
06 DOC NO.:
AMOUNT: 0
FND PRIORITY STATUS:
DCN:
CONTRACTOR :
AMND NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
SCAP NOTE:
Add
Edit Leave C ]
Exhibit 4-47 Financial Record "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligation)
Data screens for other financial types are very similar to the Actual Obligations data screen.
However, some fields do not apply to some financial types and therefore will not appear on the
screen.
When the data screen appears, the cursor is at the Date field. Use the key to move
to each field and enter the appropriate data. The Budget Source, Fnd Priority Status and
Contract Veh(icle) fields are all linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first
letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates the pop-up window.
Exhibit 4-35 depicts the pop-up windows available on fund financial data screens.
Important: Larger pop-up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
first page (screenful) of the window. Use the < * >, , and keys
to scroll forward; use the < t >, , and keys to scroll back to
previous entries.
Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «J >
() key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window and
places the selected entry in the data field.
4-50
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
-S'JSCST SCURCJ-
ENFORCEMENT
FiStSAL FACILITY
HC SSMOVAL
HO ENFORCEMENT
RME3IAL
REMOVAL
T . - Prtfi J tc ie.ec-
ALT. "ALTERNATE
APR APPROVES
CCN CONTINGENCY FCNSINS
«Er.a> - ?rtn
UA B: NO12MSMII
C!?t HUB; DUCilOkJ/ ODOSTItlU
vu
tcu/fcrt:
-CONTRACT VEHICLE-
I
ARC ALTERNATE REMEDIAL CONTRACTING
S-JR BURECS
CAS COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT
CUT CONTRACT
::E u.s. ARMY CORPS or ENGINEERS
£35 ESASCO
ML EMSL
SRC EMERGENCY RESPONSE CLEANUP SERVICES
ETA t (A) CONTRACT
FIT FIELD INVESTIGATION TEAK
SAN GANNETT
SEO GEOTRANS
HKR HOOKER, NIAGARA FALLS, NT
IAS INTERAGEKCY AGREEMENT
i MORE 1
- Petit J to »«;«et
Exhibit 4-48 Pop-Up Windows for Event Financial Data screens
To return the cursor to the status line, press the key.
Exception: Pressing at a required field does not move the cursor to the
status line; data must be entered in the required field first.
The default option on the data screen status line is "A" (for "Add"); press < Enter> to add the
record to the database and return to the Financial Summary. Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the
data screen status line returns the cursor to the Date field, allowing you to modify the record
before adding it to the database. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the data screen status line
displays the Financial Summary screen without adding the record to the database.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-51
-------
EVENT
To edit or delete an existing financial record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the Financial
Summary status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays the
following prompt: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.
After highlighting the desired record and pressing < Enter > to select it, an "EDIT" screen
appears. This screen is similar to the "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit 4-34, except that
existing data is displayed in the fields and the status line offers the options illustrated in Exhibit
4-49.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave
< 1
Exhibit 4-49 Financial Data "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Options on the financial "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field (s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Note: The cursor is already at the first data field when the "EDIT" screen first
appears; use this option to make additional changes/corrections after editing the
existing data.
Delete - removes the selected financial record from the database. Entering "D" displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type
"Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Financial Summary
screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, use the
key or press < Enter > at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default
option, so pressing at the status line saves the changes.
Leave - displays the Financial Summary screen.
The "Comments" option on the Financial Summary status line provides access to free-form
comment text for a financial record. Note: This option is only available for financial records
that have been assigned a sequence number (i.e., have been uploaded to CERCLIS).
Choosing this option displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use
t or * - press < Enter > to select. After highlighting and selecting the appropriate record, a
Financial Comments "VIEW" screen appears, showing all existing comments for the selected
financial record.
Section 3.5.5.
This screen functions like the Site Comments screen described in Chapter 3,
4-52
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Financial Summary screen displays the Financial Types
pop-up window. Select the "Return to Event" option to close the window and return to the
Event Summary status line.
4.3.16
Rolodex
The "Rolodex" option provides access to contact information pertaining to the site. Selecting
this option displays a Rolodex Summary "VIEW" screen that shows the contact names and
telephone numbers associated with all event records entered for the site. Exhibit 4-37 presents
an example of a Rolodex Summary "VIEW" screen.
If no contact information has been entered for the site, the status line only offers "Add" and
"Leave" options and the screen displays the following message: NO ROLODEX RECORDS
FOUND.
VIEW
ROLODEX SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REf NO.: 00077
OPUN1T: 00
EVENT: RV2
EPA 10: MRS9S7654321
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELO WASTE &
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
TRA
CLAVIN
NALONE
PETERSON
EPA (213) 555-3222 00 RV2
EPA (214) 555-9375 00 RV2
EPA (485) 555-9837 00 RV2
Add
Edit/Delete
Leave
[L]
Exhibit 4-50 Rolodex Summary Screen
The Source field (far right-hand column) is system-generated. This field indicates the
opunit/event record in which the contact information was entered.
When the Rolodex Summary appears, the cursor is at the status line. The defau: option is "L"
(for "Leave"), so pressing < Enter > displays the Event Summary screen.
To add a contact information to the database, enter "A" (for "Add"). A Rolodex Information
"ADD" screen appears; Exhibit 4-51 illustrates this screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-53
-------
EVENT
ADD
ROLODEX INFORMATION
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF KO.: 00077
OPUNIT: 00
EVENT: RV2
EPA ID: HRS987654321
SITE MAKE: SMITHF1ELD WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
NAME:
TITLE:
ADDRESS:
CITY:
STATE:
CONTACT NO.: ( )
ORGANIZATION:
ZIP:
NOTE:
Add
Edit
Leave
C 1
Exhibit 4-51 Rolodex Information "ADD" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the first data field. Type the contact name and press
< Enter >. Use the < Enter > key to move to each field and enter the appropriate information.
Pressing < Enter > at the last field returns the cursor to the status line, where the default option
is "A" (for "Add"). Press to add the record to the database and return to the
Rolodex Summary.
To edit the newly entered information before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for "Edit")
at the "ADD" screen status line. The cursor returns to the first data field; use the
key to move to the appropriate field (s) and make the necessary change(s). Use the
key or press < Enter > at the last data field to return to the status line, where the default option
is again "A" (for "Add"); press < Enter > to add the record to the database and return to the
Rolodex Summary. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the "ADD" screen status line discards the
information entered and displays the Rolodex Summary screen.
To modify or delete an existing rolodex record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the Rolodex
Summary status line. The system displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the
screen: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.
After the desired record has been highlighted and selected, a Rolodex Information "EDIT"
screen appears. This screen is very similar to the "ADD" screen presented in Exhibit 4-38,
except that existing data is displayed in the Melds, and the status line offers the options shown
in Exhibit 4-52.
4-54
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
1
Edit Delete
['
=============
Save
===============
=================
Leave
=============
[] 1
Exhibit 4-52 Rolodex Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Options on the Rolodex Information "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field (s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Note: The cursor is already at the first data field when the "EDIT" screen first
appears; use this option to make additional changes/corrections after editing the
existing data.
Delete - removes the selected financial record from the database. Entering "D" displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type
"Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Rolodex Summary
screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, use the
key or press at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default
option, so pressing < Enter > at the status line saves the changes,
Leave - displays the Rolodex Summary screen.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Rolodex Summary screen displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.17 Regional Fields
Regional fields are used to track regionally defined data associated with an event. The
WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names using a function in the System
Administration module.
Regional fields accept alpha or numeric data; the number of allowable characters is limited to
the size of the field as it appears on the screen. Exhibit 4-40 presents an example of the
Regional Fields screen that appears if no regional data has been entered yet.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-55
-------
EVENT
ADD
REGIONAL FIELDS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF HO.: 00077
OPUN1T: 00
EVENT: RV2
EPA ID: HRS9876S4321
SITE MAKE: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TRA
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
EVENT DATA
C2161
C2162
C2163
C2164
Add
Edit
Leave
C 3
Exhibit 4-53 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen
In this example, when the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the first regional field.
Type the appropriate data and/or press < Enter >. Use the < Enter > key to move to each
field and enter data. Pressing < Enter > at the last field moves the cursor to the status line,
which offers the following options:
Add - records the newly entered regional data to the database. Entering "A" adds the data and
displays the Event Summary screen.
£dit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen without saving any additions or changes.
If regional data already exists for the selected event, then choosing the "Regional Fields" option
in the Menu options window displays a screen very similar to the one shown in Exhibit 4-40,
except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status line offers different options.
Exhibit 4-54 illustrates the status line that appears on a Regional Fields screen containing
existing data.
4-56
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave [ ]
Exhibit 4-54 Regional Fields Screen Status Line (Existing Data)
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter > . Options
on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-54 are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Delete - removes existing regional data for the event from the database. Entering "D" displays
the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The
default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged.
Type "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Event Summary
screen.
Save - records added or changed data to the database.
Important: This option must be used to save both new and modified data. Enter "S"
at the status line after adding new regional data or editing existing data.
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
Caution: Selecting this option before using the "Save" option displays the Event
Summary screen without saving any additions or changes.
4.3.18
Activity Text
The "Activity Text" option is used to record developments and track the progress of certain
pre-remedial, remedial, and removal event types. This option functions very much like the
"Comments" option. Choosing the "Activity Text" option displays an Activity Text summary
screen showing all existing activity text records for the selected event at the specified site.
Exhibit 4-55 presents an example of the Activity Text summary screen.
If no activity text records have been entered, the status line offers only "Add" and "Leave"
options, and the following message appears on the screen: NO ACTIVITY TEXT RECORDS
FOUND FOR THIS SITE.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-57
-------
EVENT
VIEW
ACTIVITY TEXT
REF NO.: 00077
EPA ID: KRS987654321
SITE WANE: SMITHFIELD WASTE
& TR
COMM LINE
ID NO.
001 01 REMOVAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
COMMENTS
PROG-TTPE
RMDL-GA
Add new comment
Select comment ID
View screen
Leave
Exhibit 4-55 Activity Text Summary Screen
The "Comm ID" field on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential number
assigned to an activity text record when it is entered in the system. The "Line No." column
identifies each line of text within a single activity text record.
Entering "A" (for "Add" or "Add New Comment") at the status line of the Activity Text
summary activates a pop-up window of activity text types. Exhibit 4-56 illustrates this window.
ACTIVITY TEXT
GA REMEDIAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
GV REHOVAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
MC REMEDIAL ACTIONS TO MEET COMMITMENT
NV REMOVAL OSC NAME
PE PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED WITH REMEDIAL WORK
PR REMEDIAL PERSON RESPONSIBLE
PS REMEDIAL PRESENT STATUS
PV REMOVAL PERSON RESPONSIBLE
SC REMEDIAL SCAP COMMITMENT
SI REMEDIAL SOLUTIONS IMPLEMENTED/ONGOING
1 MORE i
Exhibit 4-56 Activity Text Types Pop-Up Window
4-58
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
Use the < t > , < i > , < PgUp > , < PgDn > , , and < End > keys to highlight the
desired activity text type, and press the < «-i > (< Enter >) key to select it. This action closes
the activity text types pop- up window, presents a blank pop- up window for entering the activity
text, and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: i to EXIT
t.
Type the appropriate activity text. Text appears as it is typed; the < Backspace > and <->
keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes. Also, the key moves
the cursor forward on a line, word by word, and the key moves the cursor backward
on a line, word by word.
Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line. If more than eleven lines of text
are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank lines for entering
more text. After the activity text has been typed, press the key to enter it into the
database. This action closes the text window and displays the Activity Text summary.
The "Select Comment ID" option on the Activity Text summary status line is used to choose an
individual activity text record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes. Entering "S" at the
status line displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: ENTER
COMMENT ID: _ OR PRESS < Enter > TO EXIT. Type the desired comment ID number
and press < Enter >.
Note: It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number; for
example, comment "001" can be entered as "1." The system displays the selected
activity text record and presents a new status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-57.
Add new line Edit line Delete line View Leave
Exhibit 4-57 Activity Text Status Line (From "Select Comment ID")
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options on the status
line shown in Exhibit 4-57 are described below.
Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the activity text and presents the following
prompt at the bottom of the screen: t to EXIT t. Cursor position is at
the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use the < * > key
to move the light bar forward, stopping on the blank line immediately below the last line
of existing text. Type the new text, then press to close the text window and
add the new information to the database.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-59
-------
EVENT
Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up window containing
the activity text and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: 4
to EXIT t. Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the
reverse-video highlight bar. Use the < * > key to move the light bar forward in the
window; use the < t > key to move the light bar back to a previous line. When the
desired line is highlighted, use the <->, <->, , and keys to
move the cursor to the appropriate text within the line and make the necessary change(s).
Press to close the window and record the change(s) to the database.
Delete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed activity text record and presents the
following selection prompt: Use t or * - press to select. After highlighting
the desired line and pressing < Enter > to select it, the following deletion prompt
appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response
is "N" (for "No"), so pressing < Enter > leaves the line unchanged. Type "Y11 (for
"Yes") and press < Enter > to delete the selected line.
archive - use this option to file "old" records and remove them from the display. Selecting this
option presents the following message at the bottom of the screen: RECORD
ARCHIVED. The archived record disappears from the screen, but it is not deleted from
the system. Archived records can be selected to print on the Activity Text Report
available in the WasteLAN Reports module.
View - provides view-only access to the selected activity text record. If the entire activity text
record is visible on the current screen, entering "V" (for "View") displays a new status
line containing only a "Leave" option. If more text exists than is visible on the current
screen, entering "V" displays a new status line containing "Forward," "Back," and
"Leave" options. Enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next page of comment text,
"B" (for "Back") to display the previous page, and "L" (for "Leave") to exit "View"
mode and return to the status line shown in Exhibit 4-457
Leave - displays the Activity Text summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit 4-55) showing
all activity text records entered for the selected event at the specified site.
The "View Screen" option on the Activity Text summary (see Exhibit 4-55) provides view-only
access to activity text records for the selected event. If all activity text records for the selected
event are visible on the initial Activity Text summary screen, then entering "V" (for "View
Screen") displays a new status line containing only a "Leave" option. However, if more activity
text records exist for the event than are visible on the initial summary screen, selecting the
"View Screen" option presents a different status line containing the following options:
Forward - presents the next page of activity text records for the selected event. Entering "F"
when the last page of activity text records is already displayed results in the message
END OF SELECTED LIST.
Back - presents the previous page of activity text records for the selected event. Entering "B"
4-60
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
when the first page of activity text records is already displayed results in the message
BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Leave - displays the original Activity Text summary screen status line (see Exhibit 4-55).
Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Activity Text summary status line displays the Event
Summary screen from which the "Activity Text" menu option was selected.
4.3.19 Add/Delete Links
This option provides the means to create relationships between events and other events, between
events and enforcement activities, and between activities and other activities. Link information
can be used to generate a site map that presents a graphical overview of the flow of events and
activities at a site. The ISIF Report Panel, detailed in Appendix B to this manual, contains the
option used to draw a site map.
Link access is available in several places in WasteLAN: on the WasteLAN main menu, in the
Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and on the Integrated SIF menu.
The same Links window is invoked from each of these access points. Chapter 8 of this manual
describes how the Links window functions. Also, the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Guidance
document provides further information on links, including rules that apply to link creation.
4.3.20 Audit Trail
The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the creation and modification of the
displayed record. Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window, illustrated below
in Exhibit 4-58.
VERSION 4.0 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
EVENT
AUDIT TRAIL
ADD
WHO:
DATE: / /
TIHE:
EDIT
UKO: R01
DATE: 03/07/91
TIHE: 18:46:36
Exhibit 4-58 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window
The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the date and
time of data entry. The window also shows the name of the user who last edited the record, and
the date and time the edit was performed.
When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom of the
screen: PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates, press any key to
close the Audit Trail window and return to the Event Summary screen.
4.3.21
Turbo Access
The "Turbo Access" feature works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event or Activity
Summary screen. If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then the system
"remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen accessed. The next time
you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen accessed will be displayed instantly.
The "Turbo Access" option operates as a toggle switch. If the Menu options window displays
the selection "Turbo Access: On," then Turbo Access is already on, so selecting the option will
turn it off. If the Menu options window displays the selection "Turbo Access: Off," then Turbo
Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
4.3.22
Review USAGE Data
This option provides view-only access to event information entered by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers (USAGE, or COE). Certain Remedial event types entered in WasteLAN can be
flagged for data sharing by WasteLAN and USAGE. These events are uploaded to CERCLIS,
and then uploaded from CERCLIS to CleanLAN, the USAGE Superfund tracking system.
USAGE data is added to the events in CleanLAN and downloaded back to WasteLAN via a
CERCLIS download. The USAGE data is then available in WasteLAN. However, USAGE data
for an event cannot be edited in WasteLAN; only the WasteLAN (EPA) portion of the event data
can be edited in WasteLAN.
4-62
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
WasteLAN events are flagged for USAGE data sharing by entering a
"2" in the Data Share field located at the bottom left side of the Event Summary screen (see
Exhibit 4-14, presented earlier in this chapter). This field only appears for the following event
types:
CO - Combined RI/FS
RA - Remedial Action
RD - Remedial Design
RO - Record of Decision
FS - Feasibility Study
RI - Remedial Investigation
Selecting the "Review USAGE Data" option displays the first of several USAGE Event Summary
screens. Selecting this option for an event that is not assigned to USAGE or has not been
uploaded to CleanLAN via CERCLIS displays the following message at the bottom of the
screen: NO USACE EVENT RECORD FOUND.
Exhibits 4-59 through 4-62 illustrate the USACE Event Summary screens.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 4-63
-------
EVENT
wrni -^ ._- II^APF FVFU
SITE NAME: NYANZA CHEMICAL
OPUN1T: 01
EVENT: RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
EVENT LEAD: EPA FUND- FINANCED
SPMS TARGET: P
SCAP NOTE: BID AWARD DELAY
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: 12/31/87
EPA CONTACT:
r SUMMARY i SCREEN 1 OF i,
EPA ID: MAD990685422
REF NO.: 00032
REGION/STATE: 01/MA
DATA
EVENT QUALIFIER:
TAKEOVER:
NPL STATUS:
COMPLETE
CONTACT PHONE: ( )
RA IAG NUMBER:
DATA SHARE: 2
IAG AMENDMENT NUMBER:
USACE QUALIFIER DATE: / /
Forward Next Event Previous
Event Milestones Leave [ )
Exhibit 4-59 USACE Event Summary Screen 1 of 4
The "Forward" option on the status line displays the next USACE Event Summary screen in the
sequence. Selecting the "Back" option on subsequent screens displays the previous screen in the
sequence.
If additional occurrences of the same event type have been entered for the site and are shared
by USACE, the "Next Event" and "Previous Event" options provide access to these additional
occurrences. For example, if both an RA1 and an RA2 event exist at a site and are shared by
USAGE, selecting the "Next Event" option when the RA1 event is displayed presents the RA2
event. Likewise, selecting "Previous Event" when the RA2 event is displayed presents the RA1
event.
Selecting the "Next Event" option when the last (or only) USACE-shared occurrence of the
event type is already displayed results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST. Selecting
the "Previous Event" option when the first (or only) USACE-shared occurrence is already
displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
4-64
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
SITE NAME: NYANZA CHEMICAL
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT: RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
PROJECT KEY: ZBZ661UU11R151A89
PROJECT TYPE: /
PROJECT MANAGER:
RD DISTRICT CODE: MRO
DFurniti irTinu
RA CONTRACTOR FIRM:
RA CONTRACTOR NAME:
CITY:
SUMMARY
EPA ID: MAD990685422
REF NO.: 00032
REGION/STATE: 01 /HA
DATA
MANAGER PHONE:
DISTRICT NAME:
rnuTRirine
CONTRACTOR
( ) -
OMAHA DISTRICT
PHONE: < )
STATE:
Forward Back Mi lest ones
Leave [ 1
Exhibit 4-60 USAGE Event Summary Screen 2 of 4
SITE NAME:
OPUNIT:
EVENT:
1
uaftie event sunnAKT
[""" SI.KCEM 3 Ur « "" «^
1
KLEENUP CHEMICAL EPA ID: KLN9B7654321 j
01 REF NO.: 00032
RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION) REGION/STATE: 01/MA
ESTIMATED RA COST:
IAG FUNDING LEVEL:
O&M CONTRACTOR:
RESIDENT ENGINEER:
PAST MONTH:
PAST MONTH:
0
0
LISAPF FVPIIT DATA
0
0 NEXT LINE- ITEM REVIEW: / /
DESIGN BY:
ENGINEER PHONE: ( )
FVPFunFn
TOTAL: 0
TOTAL: 0
OBLIGATED: 0
i»e rnwT(i»rT
OBLIGATED: 0
forward
Back
Milestones
Leave
Exhibit 4-61 USAGE Event Summary Screen 3 of 4
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-65
-------
EVENT
"Fi/ ^^.^^ ._ _ ^ iitorr n
SITE NAME; KLEENUP CHEMICAL
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT; RA1 (REHEDiAL ACTION)
ENT SUMMARY SCREEN 4 OF 4
EPA ID: KLN987654321
REF NO.: 00032
REGION/STATE: 01 /HA
,. ,.,. rnw^TPitrT inu Fvrut DATA ,, .
ACTUAL TO DATE: 0
SCHEDULE TO DATE: 0
ACTUAL LAST MONTH: 0
ACTUAL LAST FY: 0
DATS ACTUAL: 0
DAYS CURRENT: 0
DAYS PENDING: 0
DAYS ORIGINAL: 0
1
Back Milestones Leave t )
Exhibit 4-62 USAGE Event Summary Screen 4 of 4
Exhibit 4-63 depicts the USAGE Milestones screen that appears when the "Milestones" option
is selected from a USAGE Event Summary screen. If no milestones have been entered for the
selected event, entering "M" displays the following message: NO MILESTONE RECORDS
FOUND.
4-66
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
EVENT
VIEU
USACE MILESTONES
SITE NAME: KLEENUP CHEMICAL
OPUNIT/EVENT: 01/RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
PROJECT TYPE: R/1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
EPA ID: KLN987654321
REf NO.: 00032
REGION/STATE: 01/MA
MILESTONES
OWNER
PLAN
ACTUAL
Exhibit 4-63 USACE Milestones Screen
If more milestones exist than are visible on the initial screen, use the "Forward" option to access
additional records. On subsequent screens, use the "Back" option to return to the previous
screen. Enter "L" (for "Leave") to exit the Milestones screen and return to the USACE Event
Summary screen. Enter "L" again to exit the USACE Event Summary screen and return to the
original Event Summary screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-67
-------
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 5
ENFORCEMENT
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
-------
ENFORCEMENT
CHAPTERS: ENFORCEMENT
The WasteLAN Enforcement module is used to track Superfund enforcement activities from the
planning stages through completion. Enforcement activities include responsible party (RP)
searches, negotiations, administrative orders, litigation, and settlements. In addition, optional
supporting data elements in the Enforcement module can be used to track specific features of
enforcement activities such as milestones, remedies sought and achieved, the compliance status
of potentially responsible party (PRP) settlements, statutes applied to the activity, and case
budget and other financial information.
Important: Removal and Remedial events with a responsible party (RP) lead are
considered enforcement data, but they are not tracked in the Enforcement module.
These events are accessible from the Event module described in Chapter 4 of this
manual.
To access the Enforcement module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter
2, Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 3, "Enforcement." This
action begins an activity selection process, described below in Section 5.1.
5.1
ACTIVITY SELECTION
Enforcement activity selection is actually a two-part process consisting of site selection and
activity selection. If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login
session, choosing option 3, "Enforcement," on the WasteLAN main menu displays the screen
illustrated in Exhibit 5-1. If a site record has been accessed previously during the current
WasteLAN session, or if a valid site reference number is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit
5-1, the screen shown in Exhibit 5-2 appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-1
-------
ENFORCEMENT
SITE SELECTION
SITE
REF NO.: 0
MENU
Exhibit 5-1 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
SITE SELECTION
SITE
RIF NO.: 00077
EPA ID: MRS098765432
NAME: SMITHF1ELD UASTE & TRASH
STREET: 392 NELSON AVE
CITY: NELSON
STATE: HE
MENU
1} CORRECT SITE
2) CHANGE SITE
ENTER 1-2 Leave t1]
Exhibit 5-2 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
5-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the right
side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting another
site record, and for leaving the Enforcement module. The system default is option 1, "Correct
Site"; press to confirm the displayed site and continue with activity selection.
To access a different site record, type "2" ("Change Site") and press ; the cursor
returns to the Ref No. field. Type in a different reference number and press ; new
site information will appear on the left. To leave the Enforcement module and return to the
WasteLAN main menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press .
Once the correct site has been selected, the system displays a pop-up window listing all existing
activities for the site. An example of this window is presented in Exhibit 5*3.
Her HU.
00077
00077
m, 1 1 v 1 1 1
FI01
IN01
RETURN TO SITE SELECTION
FEDERAL 1NTERAGENCY AGREEMEN
IAG NEGOTIATIONS
Exhibit 5-3 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window
As the prompt at the bottom of the window indicates, use the < t >, < «J >, ,
, , and keys to move the light bar and highlight the desired
activity, then press the < «-i > () key to select it. Choosing the "Return to Site
Selection" option closes the window without selecting an activity.
When an activity is selected, the system presents an Activity Summary "VIEW" screen that
displays existing Enforcement data for the chosen site and activity. Exhibit 5-4 presents an
example of an Activity Summary screen for an Administrative Order (AC) activity.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-3
-------
ENFORCEMENT
, ACTIVITY SUMMARY SCREEN 1 OF 1 -^n.
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS098765432
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SM1THF1ELD WASTE £ TR
LEAD:
SCAP NOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
START
PLANNED: 09/30/90
ACTUAL: 09/28/90
OECM CASE NO.:
OECM CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
ACTIVITY DATA
FE PLANNING STATUS: P
1AG REFERRED TO HO.
0 ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT: C
D CHANGE DATE: 10/16/90
COMPLETE
09/30/90 CONTACT NAME:
01/30/91 CONTACT NO.: { >
Menu options Edit Leave Quit CM3
Exhibit 5-4 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order)
When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the status line. Select an option by entering
its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen status
line are described below.
Afenu options - activates a pop-up window of options for accessing other Enforcement screens.
These options are described in detail in Section 5.3.
Edit - enables modification of the displayed activity data. Instructions for editing an activity are
contained in Section 5.2.
Leave - displays the Site Selection screen shown earlier in Exhibit 5-2.
guit - displays the WasteLAN main menu.
If no enforcement activities are currently in the database for the selected site, the system displays
the following message on the Site Selection screen:
NO ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES FOUND AT THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY? Y/N [N]
The default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing clears the message and returns
the cursor to the Site Selection Menu. Typing "Yn and pressing < Enter > displays an Activity
Summary "ADD" screen with blank data fields for entering a new Enforcement Activity. The
Activity Summary "ADD" screen is presented and described in Section 5.3.4.
5-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.2
EDIT ACTIVITY
When a site and activity have been selected (see Section 5.1), the system displays an Activity
Summary "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 5-5 presents an example of this screen.
VIEU
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
KEF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: FI01
FEDERAL 1NTERAGENCY
EPA ID: MRS09876543Z
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
ACTIVITY DATA
LEAD: FE PLANK IMG STATUS:
SCAP NOTE: 1AG REFERRED TO HO.
NO. RP DEFENDANTS: 0 ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE: FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
COMPLIANCE STATUS: D
START COMPLETE
PUNNED: 09/30/90 09/30/90
ACTUAL: 09/28/90 01/30/91
OECM CASE NO.:
OECH CASE NAME:
OOJ CASE MO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
CHANGE DATE: 10/16/90
CONTACT NAME:
CONTACT NO.: (
Menu options
Edit
Leave
Quit
vn
Exhibit 5-5 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order)
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. To edit the displayed information,
enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The screen changes to "EDIT" mode, the cursor moves
to the Lead field, and the status line options change. The status line options on the Activity
Summary "EDIT" screen are described below.
Edit - use this option to return to a previous field. After making initial changes to the displayed
data, press < Enter > at the last data field to access the status line. Then, enter "E" to
return the cursor to the first data field. Use the < Enter> key to move to the
appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed information, press the
< Enter > key at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option,
so press < Enter > to save the changes and return to the Activity Summary "VIEW"
screen.
Leave - discards changes and displays the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-5
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Several data fields on the Activity Summary "EDIT" screen are linked to pop-up windows, as
indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields
activates the pop-up window. These windows are presented and described in Section 5.3.4.
5.3
MENU OPTIONS
The status line of an Activity Summary "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 5-5) contains a "Menu
options" choice that provides access to supporting data and other options for the selected site and
activity. The Menu options choice is the default option when the Activity Summary screen first
appears, so pressing < Enter > displays the Menu options pop-up window shown in Exhibit 5-6.
MENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO ACTIVITY
SELECT ANOTHER ACTIVITY
SELECT ANOTHER EVENT
ADD ACTIVITY
DELETE ACTIVITY
VIEU SITE
MILESTONES
REMEDIES
STATUTES
CASE BUDGET
J MORE J
Exhibit 5-6 Menu Options Pop-Up window (Activity Summary Screen)
Important: Not all of the available menu options can be seen in the first page
(screenful) of the window. Use the and <0> keys to scroll forward
through the list and view additional options; use the and < * > keys to
scroll back to previous options.
As in most pop-up windows, typing the first letter of an option moves the light bar to that
option. If multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
option is highlighted. When the desired option is highlighted, press to select it. The
following paragraphs describe the choices available in the Menu options window.
5.3.1
Return to Activity
Choosing the "Return to Activity" option closes the Menu options window without making a
selection. The cursor returns to the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen status line.
5-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.3.2
Select Another Activity
Selecting this option displays the following message at the bottom of the Activity Summary
screen: SEARCHING FOR ALL ACTIVITIES FOR THIS SITE... The system then
displays a pop-up window listing all existing activities for the selected site. This window is very
similar to the one used in the activity selection process described in Section 5.1; see Exhibit 5-3
for an example.
5.3.3
Select Another Event
This option is used to access event data for the selected site. Choosing this option displays the
following message at the bottom of the screen: SEARCHING FOR ALL OPERABLE
UNITS/EVENTS FOR THIS SITE... If event data exists, the system presents a pop-up
window from which to select an operable unit/event record. Exhibit 5-7 presents an example
of this pop-up window.
KC r HU . «
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
00010
uu
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
- CVl
AR1
AR2
DS1
HR1
1R1
1R2
NF1
NP1
PA1
RETURN TO ACTIVITY
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
DISCOVERY
HAZARD RANKING/NPL LISTING
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (H)
IMMEDIATE REMOVAL (tO
FINAL LISTING ON NPL
PROPOSED FOR NPL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
1 MORE 1
Exhibit 5-7 Existing Events Pop-Up Window
Choosing an operable unit/event record from this window displays the corresponding Event
Summary screen. If no event data exists for the selected site, the following message appears at
the bottom of the screen: NO EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE.
5.3.4
Add Activity
Use this option to enter a new Enforcement Activity for the selected site to the database.
Selecting this option presents an Activity Summary "ADD" screen with blank data fields.
Exhibit 5-8 presents an example of this screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-7
-------
ENFORCEMENT
- ATTIVITV 'ZIIUMADY ^«^^_ ^TffFFU 1 PIT 1 ^m^m
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOS1
LEAD:
SCAP MOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
START
PLANNED: / /
ACTUAL: / /
OECM CASE NO.:
OECH CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
OOJ CASE NAME:
PLANNING STATUS:
0 ENF ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
CHANGE DATE: / /
COMPLETE
/ / CONTACT NAME:
/ / CONTACT NO.: ( )
Add Edit Leave { )
Exhibit 5-8 Activity Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)
This example depicts a "master" Activity Summary screen showing every possible Enforcement
Activity data field defined in WasteLAN. In actual use, the Activity Summary displays only
those data fields defined for the chosen activity type. For example, if the selected activity type
is "PC" (for "Prepare Cost Documentation Package"), the Full/Partial Settlement field will not
appear on the screen.
When the screen first appears, the cursor is at the Activity field, and the fields in the Activity
Data portion of the screen are not displayed. Pressing < Enter > (or entering a "?") at the
Activity field activates a pop-up window of valid activity types.
Note: The letter "H" next to an activity type indicates that the code is historical.
Although a historical code is valid for existing records, it is considered invalid for the
entry of new records.
Choosing an activity from the window (or manually entering a valid activity code in the Activity
field) displays the rest of the data fields on the Activity Summary screen and places the cursor
at the Lead field.
Several other fields on the Activity Summary screen are also linked to pop-up windows, as
indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Exhibit 5-9 shows all of the pop-up
windows available on Enforcement Activity Summary screens.
5-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
J
'-I
J
C/3
fr
2
3
V)
>>
'>
1
s
?
5"
9-
^
^
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Important: Many of the larger pop-up windows contain more entries than can be
displayed in one page (screenful) of the window. Use the <4>, , or
< End > key to scroll forward and view additional entries; use the < t > , < PgUp >,
or key to scroll back to previous entries.
When a pop-up window appears, use the < t >, < «-" >, , , ,
and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «-> > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
Use the < Enter > key to move to each succeeding field on the Activity summary screen and
enter the appropriate data. Pressing < Enter > at the last data field places the cursor at the
status line. Options on the Activity Summary "ADD" screen status line are described below.
Add - this option is the default option. Press to add the record to the database. The
Activity Summary screen will display the newly added record.
Edit - allows changes to be made to the new record before adding it to the database. Entering
"E" returns the cursor to the Lead field. Use the < Enter > key to move the cursor to
the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s). Press < Enter > at the last
field to return to the status line.
Leave - discards all data entered and displays the previous screen. If the "ADD" screen was
accessed from the Menu options window, then the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen
will appear. If the "ADD" screen was accessed from the Site Selection screen (Exhibit
5-2), then the Site Selection screen will appear.
5.3.5
Delete Activity
This option permits the deletion of the selected activity record from the database. Choosing this
option presents the following prompt at at the bottom of the Activity Summary screen: PRESS
Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves
the record unchanged. Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press to delete the record and
return to the Site Selection screen (shown previously in Exhibit 5-2).
5-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Note: Deleting an activity record deletes all supporting data associated with it, such
as case budget data, milestones, remedies, etc. However, links associated with the
activity must be deleted separately using the Add/Delete Links option. This option
is described in Section 5.3.19; the Links module is described in Chapter 8.
5.3.6
View Site
Use this option to view detailed site information for the selected site. Selecting this option
displays the Site Summary screen, illustrated in Exhibit 5-10. This screen is described in detail
in Chapter 3, Section 3.3.
REF HO.: 00010
IFMS ID NO.: 0148
NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSITORY
STREET: MAIN ST
CITY: SM1THFIELD
STATE: ME
COUNTY NAME: MORRIS
CONGRESS DISTRICT: 01 FED
OWNER INDICATOR: PR
LATITUDE: 41 59 00.0
LAT/LONG SOURCE: R
USGS HYDRO UNIT: 01090003
NPL STATUS I NO 1C: F COST
CATEGORY: H SITE
FED FACILITY DOCKET: F
FED AGENCY PRP: N
S/l DIOX1N TIER:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL
Menu options Forward Edit
___ srR
^^^^^^^ 9V.K
EPA ID:
ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FACILITY INDIC:
RCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
INCIDENT TYPE:
HETROSTAT AREA:
RECOVERY I NO 1C:
CLASSIFICATION:
STATE PRP:
MUNICIPAL PRP:
NPL UPDATE NO.:
CEU 1 op 3 ____
>cw I wr £ ^^^"^
RED987654321
02824-
007
N
071 33 00.0
6480
E
F
N
N
00
Delete Leave CM]
5.3.7
Exhibit 5-10 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen
Milestones
Choosing the "Milestones" option displays a summary of all milestones that have been entered
for the selected site/activity record. Exhibit 5-11 presents an example of the Milestones
summary screen. If no milestones have been entered, the following message appears on the
screen: NO MILESTONE RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line of the Milestones summary screen presents a screen
containing blank data fields for entering a new milestone. The Milestones "ADD" screen is
presented in Exhibit 5-12.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-11
-------
ENFORCEMENT
VIEW
MILESTONE SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: 1NOI 1AG NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MRS09876S432
SITE NAME: SMITHHELD WASTE & TR
MILESTONE
NAME
STATUS PLANNED
ACTUAL
SKI SPECIAL NOTICE ISSUED
05/24/90
Add Edit/delete Comments Leave
Exhibit 5-11 Milestones Summary Screen
ADD
MILESTONE SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: IN01 IAG NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
TYPE
PLANNING STATUS
PLANNED
ACTUAL
C28U
C2815
NAME:
SCAP NOTE:
C2816 :
C2817 :
Add
Edit
Leave
C ]
Exhibit 5-12 Milestones "ADD" Screen
5-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
When the data screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the Type field. This field is linked to
a pop-up window; pressing or entering a "?" activates the Milestone Types pop-up
window shown in Exhibit 5-13.
MILESTONE TYPES
AA A-E SELECTION APPROVED
AD ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION
AP CONSENT DECREE APRVED BY COURT
CB COST RECOVERY BILL SENT
CO COST RECOVERY PAYMENT RECEIVED
CP COST RECOVERY PAYMENT DUE
CS DATE AGMNT/DECREE SIGNED BY RP
DI CASE DISMISSED
DL DEMAND LETTERS ISSUED
ED EFFECTIVE DATE
. i MORE I
Exhibit 5-13 Milestone Types Pop-Up Window
Important: All milestones are displayed in the window, not just the milestones
associated with the selected activity. More Milestone Types are available than can be
seen in the first page (screenful) of entries. Use the , <0>, ,
, , and keys to scroll the window and move the light
bar to the desired Milestone Type, or type the first letter of the desired entry; if
multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
entry is highlighted.
Press the < «-" > () key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up
window and places the selected Milestone Type in the Type field.
Use the < Enter > key to move to each field on the Milestones data screen and enter the
appropriate data. Pressing < Enter > at the last field places the cursor at the status line, where
"A" (for "Add") is the default option; press to add the milestone record to the
database. The Milestones summary screen, shown previously in Exhibit 5-11, will appear and
display the newly added record.
To modify the new milestone record before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for "Edit") at
the Milestones data screen status line. This action moves the cursor to the Planning Status field.
Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Pressing < Enter> at the last field places the cursor at the status line, where "A" (for "Add")
is again the default option; press < Enter > to add the record to the database. The Milestones
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-13
-------
ENFORCEMENT
summary screen, shown previously in Exhibit 5-11, will appear and display the newly added
record.
To leave the Milestones data screen without adding the record, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the
status line. The Milestones summary screen (Exhibit 5-11) will appear.
To edit or delete an existing milestone record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the Milestones
summary screen status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays
the following prompt: Use t or i-1 - press < Enter> to select.
After highlighting the desired record and pressing < Enter > to select it, a Milestones "EDIT"
screen appears. This screen is similar to the Milestones "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit
5-12, except that existing data is displayed in the data fields and the status line offers the options
illustrated below in Exhibit 5-14.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave
[1
Exhibit 5-14 Milestones "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Options on the Milestones "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the Planning Status field to permit modification of the displayed data.
Use the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the
necessary change(s).
Note: The cursor is already at the Planning Status field when the "EDIT" screen first
appears; use this option to make additional changes/corrections after editing the
existing data.
IJelete - removes the selected milestone record from the database. Entering "D" displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type
"Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Milestones summary
screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, press < Enter >
at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option, so pressing
< Enter> at the status line saves the changes.
Leave - displays the Milestones Summary screen.
5-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The "Comments" option on the Milestones summary screen status line (see Exhibit 5-11)
provides access to comment text for a selected milestone. Entering "C" at the Milestones
summary screen status line displays the following selection prompt: Use t or «J - press
to select. Once a record is selected, the Comments screen for that record appears.
The Milestone Comments screen looks and functions like the Site Comments screen described
in Chapter 3, Section 3 5.5.
5.3.8
Remedies
Selecting "Remedies" from the Menu options window displays a summary of all remedy records
that have been entered for the selected site and activity. For negotiations and litigation
activities, remedies sought are entered. For administrative orders and settlements, remedies
achieved are entered. Exhibit 5-15 illustrates the Remedies summary screen.
If no remedies have been entered, the following message appears on the screen: NO REMEDY
RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY. Entering "A" (for "Add")
at the status line presents a Remedies data screen containing blank data fields for entering a new
remedy. Exhibit 5-16 depicts the Remedies data screen.
VIEW
REMEDIES SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: 1N01
IAG NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: HRS098765432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE &
TR
REMEDY
FS1
NAME
FEASIBILITY STUDY
OPUNIT QUALIFIERS
NO
Add
Edit/delete
Leave
[LI
Exhibit 5-15 Remedies Summary Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-15
-------
ENFORCEMENT
ADD
REMEDIES SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: IN01 1AG NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: HRS0987654J2
SITE NAME: SM1THFIELD WASTE & TR
REMEDY AND QUALIFIERS
OPUNIT;
TYPE:
SHORT NAME:
C27S4
C2755
C2756
C2757
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 5-16 Remedies "ADD" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the Op Unit field; enter a two-digit
numerical value between 00 and 99 that specifies an operable unit with which the remedy is
associated. The cursor moves to the Type field; this field is linked to a pop-up window of
Remedy Types. Press < Enter > or enter a "?" to activate the Remedy Types window, shown
in Exhibit 5-17.
REMEDY TYPE
CO
DA
DC
DD
DE
DM
DO
DU
ER
FS
IN
IN
LP
LR
Rl/FS
DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR REMEDIAL ACTION
CEASE AND DESIST
DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR REMEDIAL DESIGN
DOCUMENT EXCHANGE
DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR REMOVAL
DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR RI/FS
DE MINUS CASH OUT FOR UNSPECIFIED SITE
EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION
FEASIBILITY STUDY
INITIAL REMEDIAL MEASURE (H>
INTEREST
LIEN ON PROPERTY
LONG TERM RESPONSE
MIXED FUNDIHG/PREAUTHOR1ZATION FOR REMED
I MORE 1
T 1 - Press * to select
Exhibit 5-17 Remedy Types Pop-Up Window
5-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Important: All remedies are displayed, not just the remedy types associated with the
selected activity. More Remedy Types are available than can be seen in the first page
(screenful) of the window. Use the , <*>, , ,
, and keys to scroll the window and move the light bar to the
desired Remedy Type, or type the first letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries
begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired Remedy Type is
highlighted.
Press the < «J > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up
window and places the selected Remedy Type in the Type field.
When a remedy has been selected from the Remedy Types window, the following prompt
appears at the bottom of the screen: REMEDY CODE MUST INCLUDE SEQUENCER (i.e.,
XXI) ... PLEASE RE-ENTER. The sequence number is a numerical indicator that
distinguishes between multiple occurrences of the same remedy at the same site and operable
unit. For example, if there is more than one PRP removal action (RV) being sought during
negotiations, the sequence number for the first entered into the system is "1"; the second record
of the same type entered in the system would have a sequence number of "2," and so on. The
sequence number does not necessarily indicate chronological order. The combination of site
reference number, operable unit, and remedy code and sequencer ensures that each remedy
entered is unique.
Type the appropriate sequencer and press < Enter >. Once a valid Remedy Type and sequence
number have been entered, the system fills in the full and short names of the remedy and
displays the prompt shown in Exhibit 5-18.
DO YOU WISH TO ADO QUALIFIERS FOR THIS REMEDY? [N]
Exhibit 5-18 Remedy Qualifiers Prompt
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses the Qualifier entry
routine and moves the cursor to the next data field. Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > in
response to the prompt displays fields for adding up to ten qualifiers to the selected remedy.
Exhibit 5-19 illustrates the qualifier fields.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-17
-------
ENFORCEMENT
REF HO.:
ACTIVITY:
00010 EPA ID:
JG01 JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUOCH SITE NAME:
RED98 7654321
REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSl
REMEDY AND QUALIFIERS
OPUNIT:
TYPE: COt NAME: RI/FS
SHORT NAME: RI/FS 01
1.
2.
3.
It.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C2754
: C2755 : C2756 :
C2757 :
Add
Edit
Leave
I 1
Exhibit 5-19 Remedy Qualifier Fields
Note: The four regional free fields and status line at the bottom of the screen are not
displayed initially. These screen elements appear when the key is pressed.
The cursor is positioned at the first qualifier field. Entering a "?" at any qualifier field displays
a Qualifier pop-up window, shown in Exhibit 5-20.
Caution: Pressing < Enter > at any qualifier field without typing any characters
enters a blank qualifier.
5-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
utr*
CO
DC
DL
FC
FD
FF
FT
CC
CM
MW
NO
OH
PA
PC
PU
SM
SN
(BLANK)
CASH -OUT
DE MINIMUS GENERATOR
DE MINIMUS LANDOWNER
FENCES
OFF-SITE DISPOSAL
FED FACILITY PHASE 1 & 11
OFF-SITE TREATMENT
GROUNDUATER CLEANUP
GROUNDUATER MONITORING
MIXED WORK
ON SITE DISPOSAL
OTHER
PRE-AUTHOR1ZATION
PARTIAL SURFACE CLEANUP
PERM ALT UATER SUPPLY
SAMPLING AND MONITORING
SIGNS
Exhibit 5-20 Remedy Qualifiers Pop-Up Window
The Qualifier window functions a little differently from other WasteLAN pop-up windows
because multiple occurrences of the same qualifier for the same remedy record are not allowed.
Only the < t > and < «-> > keys can be used to move the light bar in the Qualifier window.
To view additional qualifiers not visible on the first page (screenful) of entries, use the < -*-1 >
key to scroll forward in the window; use the < t > key to scroll back to previous entries.
When the desired Qualifier Name is highlighted, press to select it. This action closes
the Qualifier window, places the selected entry in the field, and moves the cursor to the next
qualifier field.
Once a qualifier has been selected, the system removes it from the Qualifier pop-up window to
prevent the same qualifier from being entered more than once for the same operable unit/remedy
record. After entering all appropriate qualifiers, press to move the cursor to the
remaining data fields on the screen.
The four fields at the bottom of the screen are regional free fields designed to accommodate
regionally defined data. The WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names
using a function in the WasteLAN System Administration module. Regional fields accept alpha
or numeric characters; the number of allowable characters is limited to the size of the field
shown on the screen.
Pressing at any of the regional fields moves the cursor to the status line, where "A"
is the default option. Press < Enter > to add the remedy and qualifiers to the database. The
Remedies summary screen will appear and display the newly added record.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-19
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the Remedies data screen status line before adding the record
returns the cursor to the first qualifier field, allowing qualifiers to be modified. Use the
key to move the cursor to the appropriate qualifier field(s) and make the necessary
change(s). Entering a "?" at any qualifier field activates the Qualifier pop-up window shown
previously in Exhibit 5-20.
Press at any qualifier field to move the cursor to the first regional field; use the
< Enter > key to move to each regional field and make the necessary change(s). Pressing
at any regional field moves the cursor to the status line. The default status line
option is again "A" (for "Add"), so press < Enter > to add the record to the database and return
to the Remedies summary screen. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Remedies data screen status
line displays the Remedies summary screen (see Exhibit 5-15) without adding the remedy or
qualifiers.
To edit or delete an existing remedy record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the Remedies
summary screen status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays
the following prompt: Use t or «-" - press < Enter > to select.
After highlighting the desired record and pressing < Enter > to select it, a Remedies "EDIT"
screen appears. This screen is similar to the Remedies "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit
5-19, except that existing data is displayed in the data fields and the status line offers the options
illustrated below in Exhibit 5-21.
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave [ ]
Exhibit 5-21 Remedies "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Options on the Remedies "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first qualifier field to permit modification of the displayed data.
Use the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the
necessary change(s).
Note: The cursor is already at the first qualifier field when the "EDIT" screen first
appears; use this option to make additional changes/corrections after editing the
existing data.
Delete - removes the selected remedy and qualifiers record from the database. Entering "D"
displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record
unchanged. Type "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the
Remedies summary screen.
5-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, press < Enter >
at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option, so pressing
< Enter > at the status line saves the changes.
Leave - displays the Remedies Summary screen.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Remedies summary screen displays the Activity Summary
screen.
5.3.9
Statutes
The "Statutes" option in the Menu options window is used to record all statutes applicable to the
selected Enforcement Activity. Choosing this option displays the Statutes summary screen that
shows all previously entered statutes for the specified activity. Exhibit 5-22 illustrates the
Statutes summary screen. If no statutes have been entered, the following message appears on
the screen: NO STATUTE RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
The default option on the status line is "A" (for "Add"); pressing activates a Statutes
pop-up window from which to select a statute to be added. Exhibit 5-23 presents the Statutes
pop-up window.
VIEW
STATUTES
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF HO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: IN01 IAG NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MRS09876S432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
STATUTE NAME
104 CERCLA SECTION 104
Add
Delete
Leave
[L)
Exhibit 5-22 Statutes "VIEW" Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-21
-------
ENFORCEMENT
NAME
104 CERCLA SECTION 104
104B CERCLA SECTION 104B
104E CERCLA SECTION 104E
106 CERCLA SECTION 106
107 CERCLA SECTION 107
109 CERCLA SECTION 109
120 CERCLA SECTION 120
122 CERCLA SECTION 122
1431 CERCLA SECTION 1431
3008A RCRA 3008A
3008H RCRA 3008H
3013 RCRA SECTION 3013
303 CLEAN AIR ACT 303
309 CLEAN WATER ACT 309
404 CLEAN WATER ACT 404
6 TOXIC SUBSTANCES CTRL ACT
7003 RCRA SECTION 7003
99 RIVERS AND HARBORS ACT
Use T or i press
to select
Exhibit 5-23 Statutes Pop-Up Window
Like the Qualifier window, the Statutes window functions a little differently from other
WasteLAN pop-up windows, because multiple occurrences of the same statute for the same
activity record are not allowed. Only the < t > and < «J > keys can be used to move the light
bar in the window. To view additional statutes not visible on the first page (screenful) of
entries, use the < «J > key to scroll forward in the window; use the < t > key to scroll back
to previous entries.
When the desired statute is highlighted, press to select it. This action closes the
Statutes window and displays the Statutes summary screen with the newly added statute. Once
a statute has been added, the system removes it from the Statutes window to prevent the same
statute from being entered more than once for the same Enforcement Activity.
To delete a statute, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the Statutes summary screen status line. The
system highlights the first record in the summary and displays the following prompt at the
bottom of the screen: Use t or «-J - press to select.
When the desired statute is highlighted, press < Enter > to select it. The system then displays
the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the statute unchanged. Type "Y" and
press < Enter > to delete the statute. The selected statute disappears from the Statutes summary
screen.
To exit the Statutes summary screen, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the status line.
Summary screen reappears.
The Activity
5-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.3.10
Case Budget
The "Case Budget" option in the Menu options window provides access to enforcement case
budget financial information. (All other financial information related to enforcement activities
is accessible from the "Cost Recovery Financial" option). Selecting this option activates a
pop-up window of Case Budget Types. Exhibit 5-24 presents the Case Budget Types window.
FINANCIAL TYPES
A
C
D
E
H
1
H
0
RETURH TO ACTIVITY
ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
ACTUAL OBLIGATION
COMMITMENT
DEOBL1GAT10N
RA COST ESTIMATE
TES UORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
DEOUTLAY
DECOMMITMENT
OUTLAY
I MORE i
Exhibit 5-24 Case Budget Types Pop-Up Window
Important: Not all Case Budget Types are visible in the first page (screenful) of
entries. Use the <*>, , and keys to scroll forward in the
window; use the < t >, , and keys to scroll back to previous
entries. Choose the "Return to Activity" entry to close the window without selecting
a Case Budget Type.
The "Add/Delete ACN/DCN" option is used to add and delete Account Numbers (ACN) and
Document Control Numbers (DCN) that link financial data from EPA's Integrated Financial
Management System (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial data. The ACN/DCN
combination is required for IFMS transfer. Selecting this option presents the screen shown in
Exhibit 5-25.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-23
-------
ENFORCEMENT
VIEW
ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: IN01 1AC NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SHITHFIELD WASTE & TR
ACN:
DCM:
Add
Delete
Leave
Exhibit 5-25 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. The default option is "L" (for
"Leave"), so pressing < Enter > displays the Activity Summary screen.
To add an ACN/DCN combination, enter "A" (for "Add"). The status line changes, offering
an "Edit" option instead of "Delete," and the cursor moves to the ACN field. Type in a 10-digit
ACN and press ; the cursor moves to the DCN field. Type in a 6-digit DCN and
press ; the cursor moves to the status line, where "A" (for "Add") is the default
option. Press to add the ACN/DCN combination to the database.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") before adding the record moves the cursor to the ACN field, allowing
you to modify the ACN/DCN combination before adding it. Entering "L" (for "Leave")
displays the Activity Summary screen.
To delete an ACN/DCN combination, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line. The cursor
moves to the ACN field. Type in an existing ACN and press < Enter >; the cursor moves to
the DCN field. Type in an existing DCN and press < Enter >. The cursor returns to the status
line, where "D" is the default option; press to delete the ACN/DCN combination.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist, the following message appears at the
bottom of the screen: THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND. The system clears the ACN and
DCN fields and returns the cursor to the status line. Enter "D" to begin the delete routine
again.
5-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
If the ACN/DCN combination entered is associated with an existing Case Budget record, the
system will not allow it to be deleted; the following message appears at the bottom of the screen:
CASE BUDGET FINANCIAL RECORDS ATTACHED TO THIS ACN/DCN. The
ACN/DCN remains in the database, and the system clears the ACN and DCN fields and returns
the cursor to the status line. Enter "D" to begin the delete routine again. Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line displays the Case Budget Types window.
Selecting any of the other Case Budget Types (see Exhibit 5-24) displays a Case Budget
Summary screen showing all existing records for the selected type. Exhibit 5-26 presents an
example of a Case Budget Summary screen for Actual Obligations.
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: 1N01 IAG NEGOTIATIONS
ULI aunruuii r nil UAL. UOLIUAI IUN ^~
EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD UASTE t TR
F
SEO CON N
NO. VEH S DATE AMOUNT
NEW CNT C 06/19/90 125
B WORK
G FUND ASGN AH
S STAT ACN DCN NO. NO.
APR 7ff7777ff7 1
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Planned Obligation financial records in the event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget
(C2600), and NSI financial (P1400) databases are considered SCAP information. Therefore,
write access to these records is determined by SCAP access rights. Users who do not have
SCAP access rights encounter the following error message when attempting to add or edit
Planned Obligation records: SCAP LOCKOUT CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS. The
WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.
The summary screens for other Case Budget Types are similar to the Actual Obligations
summary screen shown in Exhibit 5-26; only the title at the top right of screen varies, based on
the Case Budget Type selected.
Exception: There are three case budget types for which regional personnel cannot add
new records: Outlay, Cumulative Outlay, and Deoutlay. For these case budget types,
the "Add" option will not be displayed on the summary screen status line. New
records for these types are created in IFMS and added to the regional database via
CERCLIS downloads.
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the record
is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word "NEW" appears in
this column. An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for "CERCLIS") is automatically
generated when a new record is added; this value changes to "F" when IFMS sends data to the
mainframe and a match is made when the data is downloaded to WasteLAN.
Important; An IFMS Flag value of "E" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
CERCLIS financial records. Changing the IFMS Flag value from "E" to "F"
indicates agreement with the records as shown. For records with an IFMS Flag value
of "E" or "F," all other fields may be edited for the record. (See Exhibit 5-27) Editing
will automatically change the "E" or "F" to a "C".
If no records exist for the selected Case Budget Type, the following message appears on the
screen: NO CASE BUDGET RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT
ACTIVITY. To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD" screen
containing blank data entry fields appears. An example of the Actual Obligations data screen
is presented in Exhibit 5-27.
5-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: IN01
EPA ID: MRS098765432
IAG NEGOTIATIONS SITE NAME: SHITHHELD WASTE & TR
DATE:
BUDGET SOURCE:
ACH:
CONTRACT VEH:
WORK ASGN NO.:
If MS FLAG: C
/ / AMOUNT: 0
FND PRIORITY STATUS:
DCN:
CONTRACTOR:
AMND NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
SCAP NOTE:
C2644 :
C2645 :
C2646 :
C2647 :
Add Edit Leave [ ]
Exhibit 5-27 Case Budget "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligations)
Data screens for other Case Budget Types are very similar to the Actual Obligations data screen.
However, some fields do not apply to some Case Budget Types and therefore do not appear on
the screen.
When the data screen appears, the cursor is at the Date field. Use the < Enter> key to move
to each field and enter the appropriate data. The Budget Source, Fnd Priority Status and
Contract Veh(icle) fields are all linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first
letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates the pop-up window.
Exhibit 5-28 depicts the Case Budget pop-up windows.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-27
-------
ENFORCEMENT
iNFOlCLMtNT
10- »0\ aoMi
TT*ITT-\(I<1
^ maun mm.
:
-ceirtimc:
iUI 1UUCJ
CAfi COOftRATrvt (kCRUME!r;
WT COHTMCT
:sc v.t. Awn caui or t»s:MtEki
tit EIAICO
EIO. tKSL
etc tMnemct USFOMSC c.uiiot stivicu
£TA IIA) COHTIIACI
r:? r:tu> :KVM?is*r:oii TIAK
SAM CANNtrT
StO CtOTUUIS
HMt HOOUH, K:ACAIA r»us. m
IAC tNTtHACEMCT ASUtHCIC
*> cCr.a> -
j to i«l«e;
Exhibit 5-28 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Case Budget Data Screens
Important: Larger pop- up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
first page (screenful) of the window. Use the <»>, < PgDn >, and < End > keys
to scroll forward; use the < t >, , and keys to scroll back to
previous entries.
Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple entries begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the <<-">
(< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window and
places the selected entry in the data field.
Use the < Enter > key to move to each field on the data screen and enter the appropriate
information. Pressing < Enter > at the last data field moves the cursor to the status line.
5-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The default option on the data screen status line is "A" (for "Add"); press to add the
record to the database and return to the Case Budget Summary (Exhibit 5-26). Entering "E"
(for "Edit") at the data screen status line returns the cursor to the Date field, allowing you to
modify the record before adding it to the database. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the data
screen status line displays the Case Budget Summary screen without adding the record to the
database.
To edit or delete an existing Case Budget record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the Case
Budget Summary status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays
the following prompt: Use t or «J - press to select.
After highlighting the desired record and pressing < Enter > to select it, an "EDIT" screen
appears. This screen is similar to the "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit 5-27, except that
existing data is displayed in the data fields and the status line offers the options illustrated below
in Exhibit 5-29.
Edit
Delete
_
_
Save
=====
=====
Leave
_===
[] I
Exhibit 5-29 Case Budget "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Select an option by entering its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the Actual
Obligations "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Note: The cursor is already at the first data field when the "EDIT" screen first
appears; use this option to make additional changes/corrections after editing the
existing data.
Delete - removes the selected Case Budget record from the database. Entering "D" displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N], The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type
"Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Case Budget Summary
screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, press < Enter >
at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option, so pressing
< Enter > at the status line saves the changes.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-29
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The "Comments" option on the Case Budget Summary screen is used to add free-form comment
text to a case budget record. Entering "C" (for "Comments") displays the following prompt at
the bottom of the screen: Use t or *-> - press to select. After highlighting the
desired record and pressing < Enter > to select it, a comments summary screen appears. This
screen functions like the Site Comments screen presented and described in Chapter 3. See
Section 3.5.5 for an explanation of how the "Comments" screens work.
Note: Comments can only be added to case budget records that have a sequence number, i.e.,
have been uploaded to the mainframe. Choosing the "Comments" option and selecting a case
budget record with "NEW" in the Seq No. column causes the following message to appear at
the bottom of the screen: COMMENT ADD UNAVAILABLE UNTIL FINANCIAL
SEQUENCE NUMBER ASSIGNED.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Case Budget Summary screen displays the Case Budget Types
pop-up window (Exhibit 5-24), Select the "Return to Activity" option to close the window and
display the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.11
Cost Recovery Financial
This option is used to track financial information specifically related to cost recovery efforts
associated with the selected site and activity.
With the exception of Planned Obligation records, write access to WasteLAN financial
information is limited to users who have financial system access rights. Financial information
includes event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget (C2600), enforcement Cost Recovery
(C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
Exception: A User with SCAP rights has the same access to add, edit and delete Cost
Recovery Financial Records as a user with cost recovery financial rights.
Users without write access to financial data encounter the following error message when
attempting to add or edit financial records: YOU DO NOT HAVE FINANCIAL RIGHTS.
The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning financial system access rights.
Selecting the Cost Recovery Financial option activates a pop-up window of Cost Recovery
Financial Types. Exhibit 5-30 illustrates the Cost Recovery Financial Types window.
5-30
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
FINANCIAL TYPES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
RETURN TO ACTIVITY
TREBLE DAMAGE CLAIM
OVERSIGHT
PREMIUMS
INTEREST
Rl/FS COST RECOVERY
REMOVAL COST RECOVERY
RD COST RECOVERY
RA COST RECOVERY
AMOUNT WRITTEN OFF IN CLOSEOUT
1 MORE A
T 1 - Press -r1 to select
Exhibit 5-30 Cost Recovery Financial Types Pop-Up Window
Important: Not all Cost Recovery Financial Types are visible in the first page
(screenful) of entries. Use the <*>, , and keys to scroll
forward in the window; use the < * >, , and keys to scroll back
to previous entries. Choose the "Return to Activity" entry to close the window
without selecting a Cost Recovery Financial Type.
Once the desired Cost Recovery Financial Type is highlighted, press the < «-» > (< Enter >)
key to select it. A Cost Recovery Summary screen for the selected type appears. Exhibit 5-31
presents an example of a Cost Recovery Summary screen for Cost Recovery Financial Type F,
Federal Cost Recovery.
The summary screens for other Cost Recovery Financial Types are similar to the Federal Cost
Recovery summary screen; only the title shown at the top right of screen varies, based on the
Financial Type selected. If no records exist for the selected Cost Recovery Financial Type, the
following message appears on the screen: NO COST RECOVERY RECORDS FOUND FOR
THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-31
-------
ENFORCEMENT
VIEW
COST RECOVERY SUMMARY
FEDERAL COST RECOVERY -,
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: HRS098765432
ACTIVITY: F101 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SHITHFIELD WASTE & TR
SEQ CON
NO. VEH
DATE
AMOUNT
WORK
ASGN
NO.
AMND
MO.
001 ETA
10/11/89
100,000
Add
Edit/delete
Comments
Leave
[L]
Exhibit 5-31 Cost Recovery Financial Summary Screen
To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. A data screen containing blank
data entry fields appears. An example of the Federal Cost Recovery data screen is presented
in Exhibit 5-32.
5-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
ADD
FEDERAL COST RECOVERY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF HO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS098765432
ACTIVITY: F101 FEDERAL IHTERAQENCY SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE t TR
DATE: 2/19/92
AMOUNT: 123,456
SEQ NO.: 001
SCAP NOTE:
C2914
C2915
C2916
C2917
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 5-32 Cost Recovery Financial "ADD" Screen
Screen operations for Cost Recovery Financial data screens are the same as for Case Budget data
screens. See the preceding section (Section 5.3.10) for instructions on adding new records and
editing or deleting existing records.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at a Cost Recovery Financial data screen displays the Cost Recovery
Summary screen. Entering "LH at the Cost Recovery Summary screen displays the Cost
Recovery Financial Types pop-up window. Choose the "Return to Activity" option to close the
window and return to the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.12
Comments
The "Comments" option in the Menu options window provides access to free-form comment text
pertaining to the selected site and activity. Selecting this option displays a summary of existing
comment records. This option functions the same as the Comments menu option in the Site
module. See Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5 for screen examples and instructions for using the
Comments option.
5.3.13
Rolodex
The "Rolodex" option provides access to contact information pertaining to the site. This option
functions the same as the "Rolodex" option in the Event module. See Chapter 4, Section 4.3.15
for a detailed description and screen examples.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-33
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.3.14 Regional Fields
Regional fields are used to track regionally defined data associated with an activity. The
WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names using a function in the System
Administration module.
Regional fields accept alpha or numeric data; the number of allowable characters is limited to
the size of the field as it appears on the screen. Exhibit 5-33 presents an example of the
Regional Fields screen that appears if no regional data has been entered yet.
-VIEW
L
REGIONAL FIELDS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: FI01
FEDERAL 1NTERAGENCY
EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SH1THFIELD WASTE & TR
ACTIVITY DATA
C1740
C1741
C1742
C1743
Add
Edit
Leave
Exhibit 5-33 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen
In this example, when the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the first regional field.
Type the appropriate data and/or press < Enter >. Use the < Enter > key to move to each
field and enter data. Pressing < Enter > at the last field moves the cursor to the status line,
which offers the following options:
Add - records the newly entered regional data to the database. Entering "A" adds the data and
displays the Activity Summary screen.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen without saving any additions or changes.
5-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
If regional data already exists for the selected activity, then choosing the "Regional Fields"
option in the Menu options window displays a screen very similar to the one shown in Exhibit
5-33, except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status line offers different
options. Exhibit 5-34 illustrates the status line that appears on a Regional Fields screen
containing existing data.
I
Edit
1
=====
Delete
,
=^==
Save
=====
=====
Leave
=====
[] II
Exhibit 5-34 Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT" Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options
on the Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT11 screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Delete - removes existing regional data for the activity from the database. Entering "D" displays
the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The
default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing < Enter> leaves the record unchanged.
Type WY" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the Activity Summary
screen.
Save - records added or changed data to the database.
Important: This option must be used to save both new and modified data. Enter "S"
at the status line after adding new regional data or editing existing data.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen.
Caution: Selecting this option before using the "Save" option displays the Activity
Summary screen without saving any additions or changes.
5.3.15
Responsible Party Data
This option is used to view, update, or delete Responsible Party contact information.
Responsible Party data is maintained for regional purposes only and is not uploaded to the
mainframe.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-35
-------
ENFORCEMENT
If Responsible Party data exists for the specified site, selecting this option in the Menu options
window presents a Responsible Party data "VIEW" screen, illustrated in Exhibit 5-35.
VICW ^ -^ «« | RESPONSIBLE PARTY i""1^" SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS098765432
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERACENCY SITE NAME: SM1THFIELD WASTE & TR
OWNER: N. PETERSON EPA PROJECT NCR: F. CRANE
ADDRESS: 123 BOSTON UAY
STATE CONTACT: D. CHAMBERS
OPERATOR: C. CLAVIN CONTACT PHONE: (394) 555-9394
ADDRESS: 456 BOSTON UAY
ATTORNEY: J. HYATT
RP NUMBER: 0 ATTORNEY PHONE: (394) 555-1111
HAS RP RANKING BEEN COMPILED? Y/N N
COMMENT:
Edit Delete Leave [ 3
Exhibit 5-35 Responsible Party Data "VIEW" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. Select an option by typing its
corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. The options available on the
Responsible Party "VIEW" screen are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the Owner field and permits the modification of the displayed data.
Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s). Pressing < Enter > returns the cursor to the status line, where a "Save"
option has been added. "S" (for "Save") is the default option, so pressing
records the changes to the database and displays the Activity Summary screen.
Delete - removes the status line and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:
PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged and displays the Activity Summary screen.
Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > deletes all of the displayed Responsible Party data
and presents the Activity Summary screen.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen.
5-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
If no Responsible Party data has been entered for the site, the following message appears on the
screen: NO RESPONSIBLE PARTY DATA FOUND FOR THIS SITE. Entering "A" (for
"Add") displays the screen depicted in Exhibit 5-36.
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS09876S432
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERAGEHCY SITE NAME: SM1THF1ELD WASTE £ TR
OWNER: EPA PROJECT HGR:
ADDRESS:
STATE CONTACT:
OPERATOR: CONTACT PHONE: ( )
ADDRESS:
ATTORNEY:
RP NUMBER: 0 ATTORNEY PHONE: ( )
HAS RP RANKING BEEN COMPILED? Y/N N
COMMENT:
Add Leave [A]
Exhibit 5-36 Responsible Party Data "ADD" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is located at the Owner field. Use the key to
move to each field and enter the appropriate information. Pressing < Enter > at the last field
moves the cursor to the status line, which now displays the following options:
Add - adds the Responsible Party data to the database and displays the Activity Summary screen.
£dit - moves the cursor to the Owner field, allowing you to modify the displayed information.
Use the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s). Pressing < Enter > at the last data field returns the cursor to the status line.
Leave - discards all of the information entered and displays the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.16 Cost Recovery Data
The "Cost Recovery Data" option provides regions with a working spreadsheet on which to track
cost recovery information. Like Responsible Party data, Cost
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-37
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Recovery data is maintained for regional purposes only and is not uploaded to the mainframe.
If Cost Recovery data exists for the specified site, selecting this option in the Menu options
window presents a Cost Recovery data "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 5-37 presents an example of
this screen.
»«»fii ^^^^ rn*TT RFrnvFDY _^ ir&rru 1 nr 1 -^
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS098765432
ACTIVITY: FJ01 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SHITHF1ELD WASTE & TR
RESPONSE CATEGORY: RMVL TECHNICAL LABOR MRS: 1,000
DIRECT LABOR: 1,100,000.00
TRAVEL: .00
AMOUNT SOUGHT: 1,000,000.00 INDIRECT COSTS: 7,000.00
PAYMENTS OFFERED: 5,000.00 REGIONAL COSTS: .00
PAYMENTS RECEIVED: .00
TOTAL COSTS: 1,107,000.00
COST RECOVERED: .00
COMMENTS:
Exhibit 5-37 Cost Recovery Data "VIEW" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. Select an option by typing its
corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >.
The options available on the Cost Recovery "VIEW" screen are described below.
.Edit - places the cursor at the first field and permits the modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Pressing < Enter > returns the cursor to the status line, where a "Save" option has been
added. "S" (for "Save") is the default option, so pressing < Enter> records the changes
to the database and displays the Activity Summary screen.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the Cost
Recovery data unchanged. Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter> deletes all of the
displayed Cost Recovery data and presents the Activity Summary screen.
5-38
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Save - records changes to the database. After using the "Edit" option to modify the displayed
data, press < Enter > at the last data field to return the cursor to the status line. Enter
"S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the database and return to the Activity
Summary screen.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen.
If no Cost Recovery data has been entered for the site, the following message appears on the
screen: NO COST RECOVERY DATA FOUND FOR THIS SITE. Entering "A" (for
"Add") displays the Cost Recovery "ADD" screen depicted in Exhibit 5-38.
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS09B765A32
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SHITHFIELD WASTE & TR
RESPONSE CATEGORY: TECHNICAL LABOR MRS: 0
DIRECT LABOR: .00
TRAVEL: .00
AMOUNT SOUGHT: .00 INDIRECT COSTS: .00
PAYMENTS OFFERED: .00 REGIONAL COSTS: .00
PAYMENTS RECEIVED: .00
TOTAL COSTS: .00
COST RECOVERED: .00
COMMENTS:
BFfilflUAl RATA flUI V - UfiT Tff4U^FrPBF(1 If! fTBTL T5
Exhibit 5-38 Cost Recovery Data "ADD" Screen
Note: The status line on the above screen is not displayed initially. Pressing
< Enter > at the last data field activates and places the cursor at the status line.
When the screen first appears, the cursor is located at the Response Category field, which is a
required field. As the highlighted first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to
a pop-up window. Pressing < Enter > or entering a "?" in this field activates the Response
Category pop-up window shown in Exhibit 5-39.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-39
-------
ENFORCEMENT
FED S
IRK
O&M
OTHER
RA
RD
RD/RA
Rl/FS
RMVL
FEDERAL COSTS
1RH
O&H
OTHER
RA
RD
RD/RA
ftl/FS
REMOVAL
T J - Press +* to select
Exhibit 5-39 Response Category Pop-Up Window
Use the , < »-> >, , , and keys to move the
light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin
with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the
< «-i > () key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window
and places the selected entry in the Response Category field.
Use the < Enter > key to move to each field and enter the appropriate information. Pressing
at the last field moves the cursor to the status line, where "A" (for "Add") is the
default option. Press < Enter > to add the record to the database and display the newly entered
data in a Cost Recovery "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 5-37 for an example). Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line displays the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.17
Review Activity Data
Use this option to scroll through all existing support data for the selected activity at the specified
site. Selecting this option displays an Enforcement Activity Review screen, followed by data
review screens for all enforcement supporting data categories (Milestones, Remedies, etc.).
Exhibits 5-40 through 5-49 illustrate the activity review screens, all of which provide view-only
access to the displayed data. Status lines on these screens generally provide options to move
forward to the next review screen, to move backward to the previous review screen, and to leave
the activity review and return to the Activity Summary screen.
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
REF NO.: 00077
ACTIVITY: FI01
CONTACT NAME:
PLANNING STATUS:
NEC/LIT OUTCOME:
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
SCAP NOTE:
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
PLAN START:
PLAN COMPL:
OECM CASE NO.:
OECM CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
FEDERAL WERAGENCY
EPA ID: MRS098765432
SITE NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TR
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY DATA
PHONE :
PRIMARY LEAD:
FEDERAL COMPLIANCE AGREEMENT
FULL/PART SETTLEMENT:
IAG REFERRED TO HO. NO. RP DBFS:
MINOR VIOLATIONS CHANGE DATE:
09/30/90 ACTUAL START:
09/30/90 ACTUAL COMPL:
Forward
Leave
< )
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
COMP AG
B
0
10/16/90
09/28/90
01/30/91
IF]
Exhibit 5-40 Enforcement Activity Data Review Screen
VIEW
ACTIVITY REVIEW
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: MRS09S765432
ACTIVITY: FI01 FEDERAL INTERAGENCY SITE NAME: SMITHFIELO WASTE & TR
001
01
ENFORCEMENT COMMENTS
PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED THE AREA
Forward
Back
Leave
tFl
Exhibit 5-41 Enforcement Comments Review Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-41
-------
ENFORCEMENT
VIEW
ACTIVITY REVIEU
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: JGO'I JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGH SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOS1
MILESTONE
ENFORCEMENT MILESTONE DATA
NAME SPHS PLANNED
TAROT
ACTUAL
1. AA1 ACTIVITY AMENDED
Forward
Back
Leave
IF]
Exhibit 5-42 Enforcement Milestone Data Review Screen
VIEW
ACTIVITY REVIEU
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: JG01 JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGH SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
REMEDY
C01
IN1
VM1
V01
ENFORCEMENT REMEDY DATA
REMEDY NAME OP UNIT QUALIFIERS
RI/FS
INTEREST 00
COST RECOVERY OF REMOVAL 00
COST RECOVERY OF RI/FS 01
HO
NO
NO
NO
Forward
Back
Leave
Exhibit 5-43 Enforcement Remedy Data Review Screen
The Remedy Data review screen shown in Exhibit 5-43 displays a prompt at the bottom of the
screen that provides access to qualifier information. Typing "Y"
5-42
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
(for "Yes") in response to the prompt highlights the first remedy record on the screen and
displays the following selection prompt: Use t or to select.
Use the < t > and <«->> keys to move the light bar and highlight the appropriate remedy
record, then press < Enter > to select it. All of the qualifiers entered for the selected remedy
will appear, as shown in Exhibit 5-44.
As the prompt at the bottom of the Remedy and Qualifiers review screen indicates, press
< Enter > to return to the Remedy Data review screen (Exhibit 5-43). Press < Enter > to
accept the "N" (for "No") response to the Review Qualifiers prompt. A status line appears,
containing "Forward," "Back," and "Leave" options (see Exhibit 5-42 for an example).
REF NO.: 00010
ACTIVITY: UA01
UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD
EPA ID: RED987654321
SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
ENFORCEMENT REMEDY DATA
REHEOY AND QUALIFIERS
REMEDY TYPE: FS1 NAME: FEASIBILITY STUDY
1. FC FENCES 6. (BLANK)
2. CM GROUNDUATER MONITORING 7. (BLANK)
3. (BLANK) 8. (BLANK)
« (BLANK) 9. (BLAMK)
5. (BLANK) 10. (BLANK)
OP UNIT:
PRESS TO CONTINUE ...
Exhibit 5-44 Enforcement Remedy and Qualifiers Review Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-43
-------
ENFORCEMENT
VIEW
ACTIVITY REVIEW
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: JG01 JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGH SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSE
STATUTE
1. 107
ENFORCEMENT STATUTES DATA
STATUTE NAME
CERCLA SECTION 107
Forward
Back
Leave
tn
Exhibit 5-45 Enforcement Statutes Data Review Screen
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: JG01 JUDICIAL/CIVIL JUDGM SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
FINANCIAL ID:
AMOUNT:
SCAP NOTE:
FINANCIAL ID:
AMOUNT:
SCAP NOTE:
COST RECOVERY FINANCIAL DATA
001 FINANCIAL TYPE:
866,493 ACTUAL DATE: / /
EPA & DOJ COSTS
002 FINANCIAL TYPE:
111.92B ACTUAL DATE: / /
INTEREST
Forward Back Leave EF]
Exhibit 5-46 Cost Recovery Financial Data Review Screen
5-44
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
VIEW
ACTIVITY REVIEW
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED9S7654321
ACTIVITY: UA01 UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSI
CASE BUDGET FINANCIAL DATA
FINANCIAL ID:
AMOUNT: 12,500,000
CONTRACTOR NAME:
ACN: 9399589455
FINANCIAL TYPE: C
ACTUAL DATE: 01/02/89
IFMS FLAG: C
DCN: 948056
Forward
Back
leave
tFJ
Exhibit 5-47 Case Budget Financial Data Review Screen
VIEW
ACTIVITY REVIEW
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: UA01 UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD SITE NAME: REGIONAL WASTE DEPOSt
RESPONSIBLE PARTY DATA
OWNER: J.B. WALTON
ADDRESS:
OPERATOR: Z. WALTON
ADDRESS:
EPA PROJECT MGR:
STATE CONTACT:
CONTACT PHONE: ( )
fiP NUMBER: 0
HAS RP RANKING SEEN COMPILED? Y/N N
COMMENT:
ATTORNEY:
ATTORNEY PHONE: ( )
Foruard
Back
Leave
[F]
Exhibit 5-48 Responsible Party Data Review Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-45
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.3.18
VIEW
ACTIVITY REVIEW
REF HO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: UA01 UNILATERAL ADKIN ORD SITE NAME: REGIONAL UASTE DEPOS I
ENFORCEMENT COST RECOVERY DATA
RESPONSE CATEGORY: OTHER
AMOUNT SOUGHT:
PAYMENTS OFFERED:
PAYMENTS RECEIVED:
1,250,000.00
2,000.00
.00
TECHNICAL LABOR MRS: 2,000
DIRECT LABOR:
TRAVEL:
INDIRECT COSTS:
REGIONAL COSTS:
TOTAL COSTS:
COST RECOVERED:
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
COMMENTS
Back
Leave
EL)
Exhibit 5-49 Enforcement Cost Recovery Data Review Screen
Print Activity Summary
As the name indicates, use this option to print out the currently displayed Activity Summary.
Selecting this option clears the Activity Data from the screen and displays the status line
illustrated in Exhibit 5-50.
1 Print Change printers Leave [ ]
11
Exhibit 5-50 Print Activity Summary Status Line
Entering "P" (for "Print") sends the Activity Summary information to the printer and displays
the Activity Summary screen. Entering "C" (for "Change printers") displays a Printer
Specifications screen; Exhibit 5-51 presents an example of this screen.
5-46
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ENFORCEMENT
JTER SPECIF
REF NO.: 00010 EPA ID: RED987654321
ACTIVITY: UA01 UNILATERAL ADMIN ORD SITE NAME: REGIONAL HASTE OEPOS1
PRINTERS 1
Network Printer 0
Netyork Printer 1
OPTIONS
Print Width:
Normal Compressed
Lines Per Inch:
6 8
Page Orientation:
Portrait Landscape
Print Change Printers Leave [I]
Exhibit 5-51 Printer Specifications Screen
The current or default printer is highlighted; use the < t > and < * > keys to move the light
bar to the desired printer and press < Enter >. This action moves the cursor to the Options
window, where print format options are displayed.
Note: The Options window is blank when the screen first appears; format options
appear only after a printer is selected.
Use the <-> and <-> keys to highlight the desired format options, pressing after
each selection. The Printer Specifications disappear, and the cursor moves to the status line
shown in Exhibits 5-50 and 5-51. Type "P" (for "Print") and press < Enter> to print the
Activity Summary according to the new specifications. The Activity Summary will be displayed.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the Activity Summary without printing it.
5.3.19
Add/Delete Links
This option provides the means to create relationships between events and other events, between
events and Enforcement activities, and between activities and other activities. Link information
can be used to generate a site map that presents a graphical overview of the flow of events and
activities at a site. The ISIF Report Panel, detailed in Appendix B to this manual, contains the
option used to draw a site map.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Link access is available in several places in WasteLAN: on the WasteLAN main menu, in the
Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and on the Integrated SIF menu.
The same Links window is invoked from each of these access points. Chapter 8 of this manual
describes how the Links window functions. Also, the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Guidance
document provides further information on links, including rules that apply to link creation.
5.3.20
Audit Trail
The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the entry and modification of the displayed
record. Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window, illustrated below in
Exhibit 5-52.
AUDIT TRAIL
ADD
WHO:
DATE: / /
TIME:
EDIT
WHO: JWALKER
DATE: 10/31/91
TIME: 09:50:38
Exhibit 5-52 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window
The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the date and
time of data entry. The window also shows the name of the user who last edited the record, and
the date and time the edit was performed.
When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom of the
screen: PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates, press any key to
close the Audit Trail window and return to the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.21
Turbo Access
The "Turbo Access" feature works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event or Activity
Summary screen. If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then the system
"remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen accessed. The next time
you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen accessed will be displayed instantly.
The "Turbo Access" option operates as a toggle switch. If the Menu options window displays
the selection "Turbo Access: On," then Turbo Access is already on, so selecting the option will
turn it off. If the Menu options window displays the selection "Turbo Access: Off," then Turbo
Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
5-48
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 6
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
CHAPTER 6: NON-SITE SPECIFIC
The Non-Site Specific module is used to track activities and financial information not associated
directly with a particular site or incident. Multi-site cooperative agreements represent one
example of a non-site specific activity. This module also includes targets and accomplishments
data and advice of allowance information.
To access the Non-Site Specific module, choose option 4 on the WasteLAN main menu (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 for instructions on accessing the WasteLAN main menu). Selecting this
option presents the Non-Site Specific menu shown in Exhibit 6-1.
1 "u
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
si ic arcuiriL
MFUll
NON-SITE INCIDENT
J
TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS
BUDGET CONTROL
ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE
OBLIGATED UNTASKED
RA PRIORITY SITES
FUNDS
ENTER SELECTION V6 Leave [
Exhibit 6-1 Non-Site Specific Menu
The remainder of this chapter describes the function and use of the Non-Site Specific options.
6.1 NON-SITE INCIDENT
Non-Site Incident (NSI) data includes all activities not related specifically to a single site or
incident. The NSI module in WasteLAN supports SCAP planning, budgeting, and tracking of
financial data for these activities. The functions in this module are used to add new NSI data
to the database, and to view, modify,
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-1
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
or delete existing NSI data. The regional IMC is responsible for entering and maintaining all
NSI data in the system.
To access the NSI module, select option 1, "Non-Site Incident," on the Non-Site Specific menu
(shown above in Exhibit 6-1). The Non-Site Incident menu, shown in Exhibit 6-2, will appear.
NON-SITE INCIDENT
HENU
1) MODIFY/VIEW ACTIVITIES
ENTER SELECTION 1
Leave Quit [ ]
Exhibit 6-2 Non-Site Incident Menu
The following sections describe the features of the NSI module. Section 6.1.1 explains how to
modify and view NSI activities. Section 6.1.2 explains how to access NSI financial data.
6.1.1
Modify/View Activities
This option is used to view, modify, or delete an existing NSI activity, or to add a new NSI
activity record to the database. Entering "1" on the Non-Site Incident menu presents the screen
illustrated in Exhibit 6-3.
6-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
NON-SITE INCIDENT
NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY CODE:
FISCAL YEAR:
Exhibit 6-3 Non-Site Incident Activity/Fiscal Year Selection Screen
The cursor appears at the Non-Site Incident Activity Code field. Enter the two-character code
of the desired activity, or enter "?" to see a pop-up window of valid activity codes; Exhibit 6-4
shows this pop-up window. Pressing < Enter > at this field without typing in data displays the
Non-Site Incident menu.
NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
RETURN TO NON-SITE INCIDENT SCREEN
AC ARCS CONTRACT HANAGEHENT
AN RO/RA NEGOTIATIONS
AR ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
AS PREREM, REHED AERIAL SUR
AU REMOVAL AERIAL SURVEY
CL COMBINED 106/107 LITIG
CR GENERIC COMMUNITY REL
CT CR TECH ASSIST GRANTS
DA GENERIC DESIGN ASSISTANCE
01 GENERIC DI
EC ENFORCEMENT CONTINGENCY
EM STATE ENF MANAG ASSISTANCE
ER ERA OVERSIGHT AND CR
EZ ZONE ERCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
1 MORE 1
T I - Press ** to select
Exhibit 6-4 Non-Site Incident Activity Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-3
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
As the status line at the bottom of the window indicates, use the < t >, < * >, ,
, , and keys to move the light bar to the desired code, or type
the first letter of the desired code; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «-> > () key to select the
highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected code in the
Activity Code field.
Once the desired NSI Activity Code has been entered, the cursor moves to the Fiscal Year field,
where the system automatically fills in the current fiscal year. Press < Enter> to view activity
for the current fiscal year, or type in a different fiscal year and press < Enter >.
Entering an activity code and fiscal year for an existing record displays a screen of summary
data and menu options for the selected activity. Exhibit 6-5 presents an example of this Activity
Summary/Menu screen. In this example, the selected activity type is ARCS Contract
Management (AC) for fiscal year 1990.
APTW1TY ^IIMMARY
NSI REGION: 01
ACTIVITY: AC04
LEAD: FE
STATE: HA
FISCAL YEAR: 90
VCT
MFMll
1) NEXT ACTIVITY
2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY
3} ADD NEU ACTIVITY
4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY
5} VIEW ONLY
6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM
ENTER 1-6 Leave [ )
Exhibit 6-5 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (Existing Activity)
Options on the Activity Summary/Menu screen are described below.
1) NEXT ACTIVITY - Use this option to display the next summary record in the
database for the selected activity type and fiscal year. Choosing this option when
the last (or only) record is already displayed results in the message END OF
SELECTED LIST.
6-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY - Use this option to display the previous summary
record in the database for the selected activity type and fiscal year. Choosing this
option when the first (or only) record is already displayed results in the message
BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
3) ADD NEW ACTIVITY - Use this option to add another occurrence of the
selected activity type to the database.
Note: This option does not appear on the screen for users who do not have NSI
rights.
Selecting this option displays a Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" screen, where the lead, state,
and a comment can be entered for the activity. Exhibit 6-6 presents an example of the Non-Site
Incident Activity "ADD" screen.
r ADD
NON-SHE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
ACTIVITY: ACQ6 ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT FISCAL YEAR: 90
LEAD: (BLANK) STATE:
COMMENT:
Add
Edit
Leave
t 1
Exhibit 6-6 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen
As shown in Exhibit 6-6, the activity code, full activity name, and fiscal year are already filled
in. The cursor is positioned at the Lead field; enter the two-character code of the appropriate
lead. Entering a "?" or pressing < Enter > without typing any characters displays a pop-up
window of valid lead codes; Exhibit 6-7 illustrates this pop-up window.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-5
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
LEAD
CE
CG
EP
f
n
FF
LA
MR
MS
OH
PS
RP
S
SN
(BLANK)
CORPS OF ENGINEERS
COAST GUARD
EPA IN-HOUSE
EPA, FUND FINANCED
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
FEDERAL FACILITY
LOCAL OR AREA-VIDE AGENCY
MIXED FUND ING-FEDERAL/RP
MIXED FUHDING-FED/STATE
OTHER
PRP RESPONSE WITH FUNDING
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
STATE, FUND FINANCED
STATE, NO FUND MONEY
1 MORE i .
T 1 - Press «- to select
Exhibit 6-7 Lead Pop-Up Window
As the status line at the bottom of the window indicates, use the < t >, < 4 >, ,
, , and keys to move the light bar to the desired code, or type
the first letter of the desired code; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «J > (< Enter >) key to select the
highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected code in the
Lead field.
Once a valid lead code has been entered, the cursor moves to the State field. A pop-up window
is associated with this field also; enter a "?" to display a window of valid state codes, and follow
the same selection procedures described above for the Lead pop-up window.
Once a valid state code has been entered, the cursor moves to the Comment field. Type in any
appropriate comment text for the activity, and/or press < Enter > to move the cursor to the
status line.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the status line allows you to modify the record before adding it to
the database. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line returns you to the Non-Site Incident
menu without adding the record to the database. Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line
adds the record to the database and displays the Non-Site Incident menu.
4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY - Use option 4 on the Activity Summary/Menu to edit or
delete an existing activity record. Note: This option does not appear on the screen for
users who do not have NSI rights.
Selecting this option displays a Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT" screen. This screen
is very similar to the one shown earlier in Exhibit 6-6,
6-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
except that the data fields contain existing data for the selected activity, and the status line offers
different options.
When the "EDIT" screen appears, the cursor is at the Lead field. Use the < Enter > key to
move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s); or, press the
key to move the cursor to the status line. Exhibit 6-8 presents the options on the
Non-Site Incident "EDIT" screen status line.
1
Edit
1 .
=====
Delete
========
=====
Save
=====
1
Leave [ ]
'
Exhibit 6-8 Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Select an option by entering its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the Non-Site
Incident Activity "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - returns the cursor to the Lead field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use the
< Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s).
Note: The cursor is already at the Lead field when the "EDIT" screen first appears;
use this option to return to a previous field to make additional changes/corrections.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the NSI
activity record unchanged. Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter> deletes the current
activity record and displays the Activity Summary/Menu.
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed data, press < Enter > at the
last data field or use the key to return the cursor to the status line. The
default option is "S" (for "Save"), so press to record the changes to the
database and return to the Activity Summary/Menu.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary/Menu.
5) VIEW ONLY - Choosing option 5 on the Activity Summary/Menu displays a Non-Site
Incident Activity "VIEW" screen. This screen is very similar to the "ADD" screen
shown in Exhibit 6-6, except that the status line only offers a "Leave" option for
returning to the Activity Summary/Menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-7
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM - Option 6 provides access to financial data for the selected
activity and fiscal year. This option is described in detail in Section 6.1.2.
If no record exists for the activity and fiscal year entered on the Non-Site Incident screen (shown
previously in Exhibit 6-3), a screen similar to the one shown in Exhibit 6-9 appears.
»r*TIVTTY "LIMMAEY
,NO ACTIVITY EXISTS.
*CT
HFUII
1) ADD NEW ACTIVITY
ENTER 1 Leave [11
Exhibit 6-9 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (No Activity)
Entering "1" (for "Add New Activity") displays the Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" screen
shown earlier in Exhibit 6-6. Refer to Exhibit 6-6 and the accompanying text for a screen
example and instructions on adding a new NSI activity to the database.
Note: The "Add New Activity" option does not appear on the screen for users who
do not have NSI rights.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") on the screen shown above in Exhibit 6-9 displays the Non-Site
Incident menu presented earlier in Exhibit 6-2.
6-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
6.1.2
NSI Financial Data
After an NSI activity has been selected (as explained in the preceding section),
financial data for the activity can be added, viewed, modified or deleted. Important:
With the exception of Planned Obligation records, write access to WasteLAN financial
information is limited to users who have financial system access rights. Financial
information includes event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget (C2600),
enforcement Cost Recovery (C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
Users without write access to financial data encounter the following error message when
attempting to add or edit financial records: YOU DO NOT HAVE FINANCIAL RIGHTS.
The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning financial system access rights.
Planned Obligation financial records in the event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget
(C2600), and NSI financial (P1400) databases are considered SCAP information. Therefore,
write access to these records is determined by SCAP access rights. Users who do not have
SCAP access rights encounter the following error message when attempting to add or edit
Planned Obligation records: SCAP LOCKOUT CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS. The
WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.
Option 6 on the NSI Activity Summary/Menu (see Exhibit 6-5) provides access to the NSI
financial system. Choosing this option displays the Activity Summary/Financial Menu shown
in Exhibit 6-10.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-9
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
NSI REGION: 01
ACTIVITY: AC06
LEAD: FE
STATE: MA
FISCAL YEAR: 90
FINANCIAL MENU
1) PLANNED OBLIGATION
2) ACTUAL OBLIGATION
3) DEOBLIGAT10N
4) COMMITMENT
5) DECOMMITMENT
6) OUTLAY
7> CUMULATIVE OUTLAY
8) AMOUNT REQUESTED
9) OEOUTLAY
10) TES WORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
11) DE-TASKING
12) REMOVAL CONTRACTOR CEILING
13) TOTAL REMOVAL CEILING
14) ADD ACN/DCN
15) DELETE ACN/DCN
ENTER 1-15 Leave [ 1
Exhibit 6-10 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Financial Menu
Options 1 through 13 on the Financial Menu provide access to regionally generated financial data
and IFMS data that has been downloaded to WasteLAN. Selecting one of these options displays
a summary screen of financial records for the selected financial type. Exhibit 6-11 presents an
example of a Planned Obligation summary screen.
6-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
ACTIVITY: RN01
FISCAL YEAR: 89 STATE: ME
F B
SEQ CON M G FUND
NO. VEH S DATE S STAT
NEW C 01/13/89 D
WORK NO.
ASGN AN Of
AMOUNT ACN DCN NO. NO. SITES
125.4U 3333333333 333333 4
Add
Edit/delete
Leave
IL]
Exhibit 6-11 NSI Financial Summary Screen (Planned Obligations)
The summary screens for all other financial types are similar to the Planned Obligation summary
screen; only the title shown at the top right of screen varies, based on the financial type selected.
Exception: There are three financial types for which regional personnel cannot add
new records: Outlay, Cumulative Outlay, and Deoutlay. For these financial types,
the "Add" option will not be displayed on the NSI Financial summary screen status
line. New records for these types are created in IFMS and added to the regional
database via CERCLIS downloads.
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the record
is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word "NEW" appears in
this column. An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for "CERCLIS") is automatically
generated when a new record is added. This value changes to "F" when IFMS sends data to the
mainframe and the data is subsequently downloaded to WasteLAN.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-11
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Important: An IFMS Flag value of "E" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
mainframe CERCLIS financial records. Changing the IFMS Flag value from "E" to
"F" indicates agreement with the records as shown. For records with an IFMS Flag
value of "E" or "F," only the Budget Source, Contract Veh(icle), Contractor, IFMS
Flag, and Comment fields (see Exhibit 6-12) may be edited for the record.
If no financial records exist for the selected financial type, the message NO FINANCIAL
RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ACTIVITY, is displayed. To add a new record, enter "A"
(for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD" data screen containing blank data entry fields appears;
Exhibit 6-12 presents this screen.
- *!**
PI Auurn nm intTinu _« irurru 1 or 1 _
ACTIVITY: AC06
FISCAL YEAR: 90 STATE: MA
DATE: / /
BUDGET SOURCE:
ACN:
CONTRACT VEH:
WORK ASGN NO.:
NO. OF SITES: 0
COMMENT :
AMOUNT: 0
FND PRIORITY STATUS:
DCN:
CONTRACTOR:
AMKD NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
IFMS FLAG: C
Add
Edit Leave [ ]
Exhibit 6-12 NSI Financial "ADD" Screen (Planned Obligations)
A field name with an initial highlighted letter indicates that a pop-up window is available.
Entering a "?" in one of these fields activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 6-13 displays the
pop-up windows available on NSI financial data screens.
When a pop-up window appears, use the < t >, < * >, , n>, ,
and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the
desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the
desired entry is highlighted. Press the < «-< > (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
6-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
*ctm*|:i»i IKM eonuct
CAS
CUT
IBS
£ML
£RC
ETA
riT
SAD
CEO
HX*
IAS
I.TC
MSC
kL7£XNATE REMlOIAi CONT
COOPERATIVE AGUEKEMT
COSTRACT
EBASCO
EMS I
EMERGENCY RESPONSE CLEANUP SERVICES
I (A) CONTRACT
flEU INVESTIGATION TEAM
GANNETT
CEOTRAJIS
MOOKER, HIACAM TAI.LS, HT
1N?»AGEIICT AaUEMCKT
LETTIR CONTRACTS
KULTt-SITE COOPERATIVE ACREENEK7
i MORE 1
-
Exhibit 6-13 Pop-Up Windows for NSI Financial Screens
Use the < Enter > key to move to each field and enter the appropriate data. Pressing
< Enter > at the last field moves the cursor to the status line. Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the
status line allows you to modify the record before adding it to the database. Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line re-displays the financial summary screen without adding the record
to the database. Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line adds the record to the database and
displays the financial summary screen (see Exhibit 6-11).
To edit or delete an existing financial record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the summary
screen status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays the
following prompt: Use t or * - press < Enter > to select.
After the desired record has been highlighted and selected, an "EDIT" data screen appears. This
screen is similar to the "ADD" screen shown previously in Exhibit 6-12, except that the status
line offers different options. Exhibit 6-14 illustrates the "EDIT" data screen status line.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-13
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Edit
Delete
Save
Leave
n
Exhibit 6-14 NSI Financial "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options
on the NSI Financial "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed data. Use
the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the first data field when the "EDIT" screen
first appears; use this option to return to a previous field to make additional
changes/corrections.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the financial
record unchanged. Typing "Y" and pressing < Enter > deletes the financial record and
presents the NSI Financial summary screen (Exhibit 6-11).
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed data, press < Enter > at the
last data field or use the key to return the cursor to the status line. "S" (for
"Save") is the default option, so press to record the changes to the database
and return to the summary screen for the selected NSI Financial type.
Leave - displays the summary screen for the selected NSI Financial type.
Options 14 and 15 on the Activity Summary/Financial Menu (see Exhibit 6-9) are used to add
and delete Account Numbers (ACN) and Document Control Numbers (DCN).
Important: These two options do not appear on the screen for users who do not have
NSI rights.
The ACN/DCN combination links financial data from EPA's Integrated Financial Management
System (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial data.
Note: As of this writing, the IFMS transfer is not operational.
Selecting option 14, "Add ACN/DCN," presents the screen shown in Exhibit 6-15.
6-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
l ADD
NS1 FINANCIAL
ADD ACN/DCN
ACTIVITY: AC06
FISCAL YEAR: 90 STATE: MA
ACN:
DCN:
Add
Edit
Leave
[ 1
Exhibit 6-15 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "ADD" Screen
Type in the 10-digit ACN and press < Enter >, then type in the 6-digit DCN and press
. The cursor is positioned at the status line, where "A" (for "Add") is already filled
in; press < Enter > to add the ACN/DCN combination. Entering "E" at the status line before
adding the record allows you to edit the ACN/DCN combination; entering "L" displays the
Activity Summary/Financial Menu without adding the record to the database.
Selecting option 15, "Delete ACN/DCN," on the Activity Summary/Financial Menu presents
a screen very similar to the one shown in Exhibit 6-15, except that the status line offers different
options. After entering the ACN and DCN to be deleted, the cursor moves to the status line.
Exhibit 6-16 illustrates the "Delete ACN/DCN" screen status line.
Edit
Delete
Leave
Exhibit 6-16 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "DELETE" Screen Status Line
Select an option by entering its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the status line
shown in Exhibit 6-16 are described below.
£dit - returns the cursor to the ACN field to allow you to change the ACN/DCN pair entered.
This option functions like a change of selection rather than as a true edit; i.e., it allows
you to retrieve a different
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-15
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
ACN/DCN record, but it does not permit a change to an existing ACN/DCN in the
database.
Delete - Entering "D" displays the following prompt: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. Type "Y"
and press < Enter > to delete the ACN/DCN pair, or press < Enter > to leave the
record unchanged.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary/Financial Menu.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist in the database, the following message
appears: THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND FOR THIS ACTIVITY. When the message
disappears, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line to return the cursor to the ACN field and
enter a new combination.
If the ACN/DCN pair entered is attached to any financial records, the system displays the
following message: THERE ARE FINANCIAL RECORDS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS
ACN/DCN PAIR. THIS RECORD CANNOT BE DELETED, PRESS < Enter > TO
CONTINUE. After pressing < Enter >, enter "E" at the status line to return the cursor to the
ACN field and enter a new combination, or enter "L" to return to the Activity
Summary/Financial Menu.
6.2 TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS
The Targets/Accomplishments (T/A) module supports SCAP and STAR target setting and
adjusting and quarterly accomplishment reporting. Screens in the T/A module allow regional
personnel to update target site information and report accomplishments to Headquarters. T/A
data is entered initially by Headquarters and updated by the IMC. Using the T/A program area
menus, regions can track data for the targets set and assigned by Headquarters.
Accomplishments are entered and modified by the IMC.
To access the T/A module, choose option 2, "Targets/Accomplishments," on the Non-Site
Specific menu shown in Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter. Selecting this option
displays the Targets/Accomplishments menu presented in Exhibit 6-17.
6-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
1) PRE-REHEDIAL
2) REMEDIAL
3) REMOVAL
4) ENFORCEMENT
5) LABORATORY PROGRAM
6) CEPP PROGRAM
ENTER SELECTION 1-6 Leave Quit [ )
Exhibit 6-17 Targets/Accomplishments Menu
Each program area option listed on the Targets/Accomplishments menu provides access to its
own pop-up menu of T/A activities. For example, selecting option 2, "Remedial," on the
Targets/Accomplishments menu presents the T/A - Remedial pop-up window shown in Exhibit
6-18.
T/A - REMEDIAL
RETURN TO TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS
AC RA FIRST COMPLETION
AF RA FINAL START
AS RA FIRST START
AU AWARD OF RA CONTRACT
CR CR PLAN START
CS RI/FS FIRST START
DC RD FIRST COMPLETION
DF RD FINAL START
DL RD SUBSEQUENT COMPLETION
. I MORE I
T I n> Press *J to select
Exhibit 6-18 T/A - Remedial Pop-Up Window
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-17
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
t
Important: More activity types are available than can be seen in the first page
(screenful) of entries. Use the , <*>, , , ,
and keys to scroll the window and move the light bar to the desired activity,
or type the first letter of the desired activity code; if multiple activity codes begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the appropriate activity is highlighted.
Press the <»-"> (< Enter >) key to select the highlighted activity.
A Fiscal Year (FY) selection screen, illustrated in Exhibit 6-19, appears after an activity type
has been selected. The system pre-selects option 1, "USE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR." Press
< Enter > to view activity for the current fiscal year, or, as shown in this example, type "I"
and press < Enter > to move the cursor to the Change FY field and type in a different fiscal
year. If no activity exists for the selected fiscal year, the following message appears:
ACTIVITY NOT FOUND IN FISCAL YEAR NN (where NN = the fiscal year selected).
Repeat the fiscal year selection process, or enter "L" (for "Leave") to return to the
Targets/Accomplishments menu.
Rl/FS FIRST START
FISCAL YEAR
CURRENT FY: 92
CHANGE FY:
MENU
1> USE CURRENT FY
2) CHANGE FY
ENTER 1-2 Leave [2]
Exhibit 6-19 Targets/Accomplishments Fiscal Year Selection Screen
6-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
When a valid activity type and fiscal year have been selected, the system presents an Event Lead
selection screen, as shown in Exhibit 6-20. Only lead options in the actual data record for the
selected activity are listed on the Event Lead screen. Select the appropriate lead by typing its
corresponding number and pressing < Enter >.
RI/FS FIRST START
FISCAL YEAR
CURRENT FY: 92
CHANGE FY: 90
EVENT LEAD
1) FF FEDERAL FACILITY
2) NL NO LEAD
Enter 1-2 Leave C 1
Exhibit 6-20 Targets / Accomplishments Event Lead Selection Screen
If quarterly targets have been set for the selected Event Lead, the system presents a screen
containing a Targets menu that lists the quarters for which target data has been entered. Exhibit
6-21 presents and example of the targets screen. The Activity summary to the left of the Targets
menu displays the associated lead, fiscal year, HQ baseline projection, fund financed ceiling,
and SCAP/SPMS flag for the selected activity. The SCAP/SPMS flag is represented by a
number between 1 and 6, and it is defined immediately below this field.
If targeting is performed annually instead of quarterly, the Targets menu displays only an
"Annual" option. If no targets have been set, the message NO TARGETS FOUND appears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-19
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Rt/FS fIRST START
ACTIVITY
FISCAL TEAR: 90
LEAD: FF
HQ BASELINE PROJECTION:
FUND FINANCED CEILING:
SCAP/SPKS FLAG: 1
SCAP TARGET (NON-SPHS)
14
0
TARGETS
1) FIRST QUARTER
2) SECOND QUARTER
3) THIRD QUARTER
4) FOURTH QUARTER
Enter 1-4 Leave [ 3
Exhibit 6-21 Targets/Accomplishments Target Selection Screen
If an activity is reported on a site-specific basis, choosing a target (quarterly or annual) on the
above screen initiates the Target Sites routine explained below in Section 6.2.1. If an activity
is not reported site-specifically, choosing a target (quarterly or annual) initiates the
Accomplishments routine explained later in Section 6.2.2.
6.2.1
Target Sites
The Target Sites routine in the T/A module provides view and modify capabilities for multiple
target sites associated with a selected activity and fiscal year. After the appropriate activity,
fiscal year, event lead, and quarterly (or annual) target have been selected (as outlined in the
previous section), the system displays the Target Sites screen shown in Exhibit 6-22.
6-20
V/ASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Ri/FS FIRST START
ACTIVITY
FISCAL YEAR: 90
LEAD: FF
HO BASELINE PROJECTION:
FUND FINANCED CEILING:
SCAP/SPMS FLAG: 1
SCAP TARGET (NON-SPMS)
14
0
TARGET SITES
SEQ: 001 EPA ID: MAD123456
NAME: 1 HANG1 NARY INDUSTRIES
OPUNIT: 01 EVENT: C01 LEAD: FE
1ST QUARTER TARGET
VERSION: P NUMBER:
PROPOSED BY REGION
MENU
1) NEXT TARGET SITE
2} PREVIOUS TARGET SITE
3) MODIFY TARGET SITE DATA
4) UPDATE LEAD FROM EVENT FILE
Enter 1-4 Leave C )
Exhibit 6-22 Targets/Accomplishments Target Sites Screen
The Activity summary on the upper left side of the screen displays the HQ baseline projection,
fund-financed ceiling, and SCAP/SPMS flag for the activity, fiscal year, and lead selected. The
box on the lower left side of the screen displays the version and number of targets entered for
the target period selected. The Target Sites box on the upper right side of the screen displays
information concerning the first target site record in the database associated with the selected
target. Menu options in the box on the lower right side of the screen are described below.
1) NEXT TARGET SITE - This option provides access to the next target site
record in the system. Choosing this option when the last (or only) record is
already displayed results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST.
2) PREVIOUS TARGET SITE - Use this option to view the previous target site
record in the database. Selecting this option when the first (or only) record is
already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
3) MODIFY TARGET SITE DATA - Selecting option 3 presents the Target Sites
Update screen shown in Exhibit 6-23. Use this option to modify the Ref No.,
Opum't, and/or Event fields for the displayed target site record (for Enforcement
target activities, only the Ref No. and Enf Act fields may be edited).
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-21
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
4)
UPDATE LEAD FROM EVENT FILE - Use option 4 to change the lead in the
NSI activity record to the lead that is currently in the event record.
RI/FS FIRST START
ACTIVITY
FISCAL YEAR: 90
LEADi FF
HO BASELINE PROJECTION:
FUND FINANCED CEILING:
SCAP/SPHS FLAG: 1
SCAP TARGET (NON-SPMS)
U
0
1ST QUARTER TARGET
VERSION: P NUMBER:
PROPOSED BY REGION
TARGET SITES
NAME: SMITH WASTE & TRASH
SEQ: 001 EPA ID:RED98765WI
REF NP.: 00077
OPUNIT: 01
EVENT: C01
LEAD: FE
Edit
Save Leave [ ]
Exhibit 6-23 Targets/Accomplishments Target Site Update Screen
Use the < Enter > key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
changes. Press the key to access the status line. Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the
status returns the cursor to the Ref No. field, allowing you to make additional changes before
recording them to the database.
Note: Entering an invalid code at the Event field activates a pop-up window of valid
Caution: Entering "L" before saving the changes displays the initial Target Sites
6.2.2
Accomplishments
The Accomplishments portion of the T/A module is used to track quarterly accomplishment data
for SCAP/SPMS targets or measures that are reported
6-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
non-site specifically. Regions are responsible for reporting non-site specific accomplishments
each quarter.
After the non-site specific activity and its associated fiscal year, lead, and target have been
selected (as explained at the beginning of Section 6.2), the system presents the Accomplishments
screen, similar to the one illustrated in Exhibit 6-24.
RELEASE NOTIFICATIONS
ACTIVITY
FISCAL YEAR: 90
LEAD: ff
HO BASELINE PROJECTION:
FUND FINANCED CEILING:
SCAP/SPKS FLAG: 1
SCAP TARGET (NON-SPMS)
14
0
MENU
1) NEXT TARGET SITE
2} PREVIOUS TARGET SITE
3) MODIFY TARGET SITE DATA
4) UPDATE LEAD FROM EVENT FILE
Enter 1-4 Leave C 3
QUARTERLY TARGETS
NO QUARTERLY TARGETS FOUND.
OUARTERLY ACCOMPLISHMENTS
QUARTER: NUMBER:
Edit Delete Save Leave U
Exhibit 6-24 Targets/Accomplishments Quarterly Accomplishments Screen
In the above example, the "Removal" option was chosen from the Targets/AccompHsh-ments
menu (see Exhibit 6-17), the "Release Notifications" activity was selected from the T/A Removal
menu, the fiscal year was changed to FY89, and no quarterly targets were found. Menu options
on the upper right side of the screen are described below.
1) NEXT RECORD - This option provides access to the next accomplishment
record in the system. Choosing this option when the last (or only) record is
already displayed results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST.
2) PREVIOUS RECORD - Use this option to view the previous accomplishment
record in the database. Selecting this option when the first (or only) record is
already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
3) ADD RECORD - Selecting option 3 clears the data displayed in the Quarter,
Number, and comment fields in the Quarterly Accomplishments box on
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-23
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
the lower right side of the screen and places the cursor at the Quarter field. After entering the
appropriate data, press the key activate the status line shown in the above example.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") returns the cursor to the Quarter field allowing you to make changes
before adding the record. Entering "A" (for "Add") adds the record to the database. Entering
"L" (for "Leave") returns the cursor to the menu on the upper right side of the screen.
4) EDIT/DELETE RECORD - Choosing option 4 also moves the cursor to the Quarter
field but does not clear the data displayed in the Quarter, Number, and Comment fields.
To edit the displayed information, move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make
the necessary changes. Press to activate the status line, and enter "S" (for
"Save") to save the changes.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") before saving the changes returns the cursor to the Quarter
field, allowing you to make additional changes. Entering "L" returns the cursor to the
menu status line on the upper right side of the screen.
Caution: Entering "L" before saving the changes returns the cursor to the menu status
line without saving the changes.
To delete the displayed record, press to activate the Quarterly Accomplishments
status line and enter "D" (for "Delete"). The system displays the following prompt: PRESS
Y TO DELETE [N]. Type "Y" and press < Enter > to delete the displayed record, or just
press < Enter > to leave the record unchanged.
6.3 BUDGET CONTROL
The Budget Control module supports the SCAP budget development and issuance process. This
module contains data pertaining to a region's Annual Operating Plan (AOP), or budget. Budget
Control data is available to WasteLAN users on a view-only basis; regional personnel cannot add
or modify Budget Control data. OERR and OWPE headquarters personnel are responsible for
operating and maintaining the Budget Control system and data.
To access the Budget Control module, select option 3 on the Non-Site Specific menu presented
in Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter. The Budget Control menu shown in Exhibit 6-25
will appear.
6-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
t
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
1) PROGRAM (OERR)
2) ENFORCEMENT COUPE)
ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave Quit [ ]
Exhibit 6-25 Budget Control Menu
Options on the Budget Control menu are described in Sections 6.3.1 and 6.3.2.
6.3.1 Program (OERR)
Selecting option 1, "Program (OERR)," on the Budget Control menu presents the Budget
Control - Program menu illustrated in Exhibit 6-26.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-25
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
t
HEKU
1) PA/SI 11) RP RD OVERSIGHT
2) EXPANDED SITE INSPECTION 12) RP RA OVERSIGHT
3) EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION 13) ARCS MANAGEMENT
4) CORE GRANTS U) MIN1-ERCS MANAGEMENT
5) TECH ASSIST GRANTS (TAG) 15) REMOVAL ACTIONS BUDGET
6) RI/FS 16) TOTAL RD
7) OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE 17) TOTAL RA
8} PROJECT SUPPORT 18) REMEDY EVALUATION
9) HEADQUARTERS REMEDIAL 19) RA RESERVE
10) HEADOUARTERS REMOVAL 20) OTHER
ENTER SELECTION 1-20 Leave t ]
Exhibit 6-26 Budget Control - Program Menu
Options on this menu provide access to the program activities included in a region's AOP.
Choosing an activity on this menu presents Fiscal Year (FY) and Quarter selection screens
shown in Exhibits 6-27 and 6-28, respectively. The system pre-selects the current FY and
quarter; type "2" and press < Enter > at either prompt to enter a different FY or quarter. If
no activity exists for the FY or quarter selected, the system will display error messages to that
effect.
Once a valid fiscal year and quarter have been entered, the system displays a Budget Control
data screen for the selected activity. Exhibit 6-29 presents an example of a Budget Control data
screen for the PA/SI activitv.
6-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
1 n
CURRENT FY: 92
V/S
1
1) USE CURRENT FY
2) CHANGE FY
ENTER 1-2 Leave [1]
Exhibit 6-27 Budget Control Fiscal Year Selection Screen (PA/SI)
_, _e 1
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
t
PA/SI
TYPE: PI001
FISCAL YEAR: 90
QUARTER: 1
AMOUNT: 330,000
COMMENT:
Forward Back Leave t ]
Exhibit 6-29 Budget Control Data Screen (PA/SI)
The status line at the bottom of the Budget Control data screen provides access to additional
Budget Control records for the selected activity. Entering "F" at the status line displays the next
record in the database; using this option when the last (or only) record in the database is already
displayed results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST. Entering "B" at the status line
displays the previous record in the database; using this option when the first (or only) record in
the database is already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Budget Control data screen status line displays the fiscal year
selection screen shown previously in Exhibit 6-27. Entering "L" at the fiscal year selection
screen re-displays the Budget Control - Program menu. Each activity on the Budget Control -
Program menu follows the same routine outlined above, beginning with fiscal year/quarter
selection and ending with a Budget Control data screen.
6.3.2 Enforcement (OWPE)
Option 2 on the Budget Control menu (see Exhibit 6-25) provides access to Enforcement budget
data. Selecting this option presents the Budget Control - Enforcement menu shown in Exhibit
6-30.
6-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
MENU
1) REGION TES 3/4 BUDGET (H) 6) PRP RI/FS OVERSIGHT
2) REGION TES 5 I- BUDGET (H) 7) LITIGATION SUPPORT
3) REGION NON-TES BUDGET {H) 8) STATE ENFORCEHENT
4) REHOVAL ENFORCEHENT 9) PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
5) PRP SEARCH AND RI/FS NEC 10) FEDERAL FACILITY
ENTER SELECTION 1-10 Leave [ )
Exhibit 6-30 Budget Control - Enforcement Menu
Options on this menu provide access to the Enforcement activities included in a region's AOP.
The sequence and operation of Budget Control - Enforcement screens are identical to those of
Budget Control - Program screens (described in the previous section), beginning with fiscal year
and quarter selection and ending with the Enforcement activity data screen.
6.4 ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE
To access the Advice of Allowance module, select option 4, "Advice of Allowance," on the
Non-Site Specific menu shown in Exhibit 6-2 at the beginning of this chapter. Exhibit 6-31
presents the Advice of Allowance menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-29
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE
MENU
1) PROGRAM (OERR)
2) ENFORCEMENT (DUPE)
ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave Quit [ ]
Exhibit 6-31 Advice of Allowance Menu
Selecting an option on the above menu presents a menu of activities from which to choose. The
sequence and operation of succeeding screens in the Advice of Allowance module are identical
to those in the Budget Control module (see Section 6.3.1), beginning with fiscal year and quarter
selection and ending with a data screen.
Data screens for site-specific AOA activity types display site-related information; for example,
Exhibit 6-32 presents the Remedial Design data screen. Data screens for non-site specific AOA
activity types display the information shown in Exhibit 6-33, which is an example of the
Removal Actions data screen.
6-30
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
t
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
TYPE: R0001 FISCAL YEAR/OUARTER:90/1
EPA ID: MRS9B765432 IFMS ID: 0107
SITE NAME: JONES TRASH
REF NO: 00077 OPUMIT: 01 EVENT: RD1
MOUNT: 330,000 ISSUE DATE: 01/01/90
COMMENT:
Forward Back Leave [ ]
Exhibit 6-32 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Remedial Design)
TYPE: RV001
FISCAL YEAR: 90
QUARTER: 1
AMOUNT: 330,000
ISSUE DATE: 01/01/90
COMMENT :
Forward Sack Leave C 1
Exhibit 6-33 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Removal Actions)
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-31
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
6.5 OBLIGATED UNTASKED FUNDS
Option 5 on the Non-Site Specific menu (see Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter)
provides access to the Obligated Untasked Funds module. Selecting this option presents the
Obligated Untasked Funds menu, illustrated in Exhibit 6-34.
MFULI
1) ENFORCEMENT (OWPE)
ENTER SELECTION 1 Leave Quit C 1
Exhibit 6-34 Obligated Untasked Funds Menu
Choosing option 1 on the Obligated Untasked Funds menu displays the OUF - Enforcement
menu illustrated in Exhibit 6-35. Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the Non-Site Specific
menu. Entering "Q" (for "Quit") displays the WasteLAN main menu.
6-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
t
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
1) TES05 OBLIGATED UNTASKED 5) TES09 OBLIGATED UNTASKED
2) TES06 OBLIGATED UMT ASKED 6) TES10 OBLIGATED UNTASKED
3} TES07 OBLIGATED UNTASKED 7) TESU OBLIGATED UNTASKED
4) TES08 OBLIGATED UNTASKED 8) TES12 OBLIGATED UNTASKED
ENTER SELECTION 1-8 Leave t )
Exhibit 6-35 OUF - Enforcement Menu
The sequence and operation of succeeding screens in the Obligated Untasked Funds module are
identical to those in the Budget Control module (see Section 6.3.1), beginning with fiscal year
and quarter selection and ending with a data screen. Entering "L" (for "Leave") on the OUF
- Enforcement menu displays the Obligated Untasked Funds menu shown in Exhibit 6-34.
6.6 RA PRIORITY SITES
Option 6 on the Non-Site Specific menu (see Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter)
provides access to information concerning Headquarters RA Priority Sites. Choosing this option
presents a fiscal year (FY) selection screen like the one presented earlier in Exhibit 6-27. The
system pre-selects the current FY. Press to accept the current FY, or type "2" and
press to specify a different FY. If no activity exists for the selected FY, the system
displays a message to that effect.
Once a fiscal year for which activity exists is selected, the following message appears at the
bottom of the screen: SEARCHING FOR ALL RA PRIORITY SITES FOR THIS FISCAL
YEAR. . . An RA Priority Sites pop-up window then appears, as shown in Exhibit 6-36.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-33
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
-REF NO.--OU EVT LEAD FQY DATE -SCORE
RETURN I'D NON-SITE INCIDENT MENU
RETURN TO RA
000006
000007
000011
000012
00
00
01
02
PRIORITY FISCAL YEAR SCREEN
RA1
RA1
RA1
RA1
RP 901
RP 901
RA3 902
RA1 904
11/30/90
12/31/90
01/01/90
08/31/90
T 1 - Press *i to select
Exhibit 6-36 RA Priority Sites Pop-Up Window
Options at the top of the window allow you to return to the Non-Site Incident menu (see Exhibit
6-) or to the fiscal year selection screen. The remainder of the window lists each priority site
in the database for the selected fiscal year. Use the < t > and < * > keys to highlight the
appropriate site and press < Enter > to select it. The system presents an RA Priority Sites data
screen; Exhibit 6-37 presents an example of this screen.
REF NO.: 0007 SITE NAME: SMITH UASTE I TRASH
OPUNIT: 00 OPUNIT NAME: SURREAL SURFACES
EVENT: RA1 EVENT NAME: REMEDIAL ACTION
SPILL ID: 0107 REGION: 01
EPA ED: RED98765432 STATE: MA
ISSUE INFORMATION
SCORE:
EVENT LEAD: PRP PROBABILITY: 2
PLAN START FYQl PLAN START DATE: 12/31/90
NOTE1: UNCANNY OCCURRENCES
NOTE2:
NOTE3:
(1) (2> (3) (4) CS) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Forward Back Leave [ }
Exhibit 6-37 RA Priority Sites Data Screen
Information for RA Priority Sites is maintained on the CERCLIS mainframe and integrated into
WasteLAN after an NSI download. The information cannot be edited in WasteLAN; it is
available for viewing only. (The data appears in yellow type on color monitors to indicate
view-only access.)
6-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
t
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
The "Forward" option is used to access additional records. Entering "F" displays the next
opunit/RA event for the current site. If no additional opunits/RA events exist for the displayed
site, then entering "F" displays the next RA Priority Site in the database for the selected fiscal
year. If no additional sites exist, then the following message appears at the bottom of the
screen: END OF SELECTED LIST.
The "Back" option is used to view previous records. Entering "B" displays the previous
opunit/RA event for the current site. If no additional opunits/RA events exist for the displayed
site, then entering "B" displays the previous RA Priority Site in the database for the selected
fiscal year. If no additional sites exist, then the following message appears at the bottom of the
screen: BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line displays the following message at the bottom of the
screen: SEARCHING FOR RA PRIORITY SITES FOR THIS FISCAL YEAR. . . Then,
the system displays the RA Priority Sites pop-up window presented earlier in Exhibit 6-36.
When the window appears, the "Return to Non-Site Incident Menu" option is highlighted
automatically, so press < Enter > to exit the RA Priority Sites module and return to the
Non-Site Incident menu. Or, select the "Return to RA Priority Fiscal Year Screen" option to
return to the fiscal year selection screen and choose another fiscal year. Or, select another RA
Priority Site listed in the window.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-35
-------
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 7
ISIF
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
t
-------
§
1SIF
CHAPTER?: ISIF
The Integrated Site Information Form (Integrated SIF, or ISIF) module provides an alternative
method for entering and modifying enforcement activity and event data in the WasteLAN
database. Like the Event and Enforcement modules of WasteLAN, the ISIF module includes
data screens that are used to enter enforcement activity and event information and subsidiary data
such as milestones, subevents, and financial information. The ISIF data screens correspond to
the printed Integrated Site Information Forms (SIFs) which can be used by Regional Project
Managers (RPMs) as a turnaround document.
Important: Information concerning the site itself must still be entered and modified
using the Site module. In addition, the ISIF module does not include all subsidiary
data fields.
The ISIF module also includes access to the Links database, allowing events and activities at one
site to be linked together to create a chain of related occurrences. Furthermore, the ISIF Report
Panel contains an option for producing a site map that graphically illustrates the relationships
between linked events and activities.
To access the ISIF module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter 2,
Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 5, "ISIF." The Integrated SIF
menu will appear. Exhibit 7-1 illustrates the Integrated SIF menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-1
-------
ISIF
MrNtr -> ,
1) HP SEARCH 6} LITIGATION /OUT COME
2) IU/FS NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 7) MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
3) KI/FS IMPLEMENTATION 8) ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
4) RO/RA NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 9) EVENT/ACTIVITY LINKS
5) HO/RA IMPLEMENTATION 10} ISIF REPORT PANEL
ENTER SELECTION 1-10 Leave [ ]
t
Exhibit 7-1 Integrated SIF Menu
Options 1 through 8 on the Integrated SIF Menu provide access to the ISIF data screens used
to enter and modify enforcement activities and fund events. Selecting one of these options
begins the ISIF data entry process. Note: ISIF data entry encompasses both the addition of new
data and the modification or deletion of existing data.
Option 9 activates the Links window used to create relationships between events and other
events, between events and activities, and between activities and other activities. The Links
window is presented and described in detail in Chapter 8 of this manual.
Option 10 on the Integrated SIF menu invokes the ISIF Report Panel. This option is used to
print ISIFs and site maps and is described in detail in Appendix B to this manual.
Each of the first eight options on the Integrated SIF menu uses the same general data entry
process and screen format. The remainder of this chapter describes the steps involved in ISIF
data entry.
Remember. ISIF data entry encompasses both the addition of new data and the
modification or deletion of existing data.
7-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF
7.1 SELECTING A SITE
ISIF data entry begins with site selection. When one of the first eight options on the Integrated
SIF menu is selected, the system presents a site selection prompt. Exhibit 7-2 depicts the site
selection prompt.
RESPONSIBLE PARTY SEARCH
r
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: HE957002A522 NAME: SMITHFIELD WASTE & TRASH
Exhibit 7-2 Site Selection Prompt
If no site records have been accessed yet during the current login session, then the fields in the
site selection prompt are blank, as shown above in Exhibit 7-2. If a site record has been
accessed during the current login session, then the selection prompt fields display the reference
number, EPA ID number, and name of the last site accessed.
If the desired site record is displayed already, just press to select it. To retrieve a
different site record, type the appropriate site reference number in the Ref No. field and press
< Enter >. Or, leave the reference number blank, press < Enter > to move to the EPA ID
field, and enter the EPA ID. The reference number, EPA ID, and site name corresponding to
the newly entered information will appear in the site selection fields. If both the Ref No. and
EPA ID fields are left blank, pressing < Enter > at the EPA ID field displays the Integrated SIF
menu.
If an invalid reference number is entered, the following message appears at the bottom of the
screen: SITE NOT FOUND ... PLEASE RE-ENTER. The cursor returns to the blank Ref
No. field; type a valid reference number and press < Enter >.
Once the desired site record is retrieved, one of two actions will occur, depending on the option
you selected from the Integrated SIF menu. If you selected option 3, 5, or 7, the cursor will
move to the Opunit field (see Section 7.2, below). These options involve event information, and
events are grouped by operable units. If you selected option 1, 2, 4, 6, or 8, an action options
pop-up window will appear (see Section 7.3). These options involve enforcement activities,
which are not associated with operable units.
7.2 SELECTING AN OPERABLE UNIT
Before an event record can be added or modified in WasteLAN, an operable unit (opunit) must
be specified. Therefore, the event-related options (3, 5, and 7) on the Integrated SIF menu
invoke an expanded site selection prompt that includes
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-3
-------
ISIF
an Opunit field. Exhibit 7-3 illustrates this expanded site/opunit selection prompt.
RI/FS NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME
REF HO.: 00077 EPA ID: ME9570024522 NAME: SMITHF1ELD WASTE & TRASH
Exhibit 7-3 Site/Opunit Selection Prompt
When a valid site reference number or EPA ID is entered, the cursor moves to the Opunit field.
This field only accepts numeric data; the cursor remains at the blank Opunit field until numeric
characters are entered. Type in a two-digit opunit number and press . Entering a
valid opunit activates a pop-up window of action options, described in Section 7.3.
Entering an invalid opunit number (for example, "99") presents the following message at the
bottom of the screen: OPERABLE UNIT NN DOES NOT EXIST (NN = the opunit number
entered). When the message disappears, an Operable Units pop-up window appears. Exhibit
7-4 presents an example of the Operable Units pop-up window.
t
OPERABLE UNITS
RETURN TO ISIF HAINHENU
ADD OPUNIT
00 SITE EVAL/DISP
01 ENTIRE SITE
02
t 4 «PgUp> - Press *J to select
Exhibit 7-4 Operable Units Pop-Up Window
The window contains options for returning to the Integrated SIF menu and for adding a new
opunit for the site to the database. Any existing opunits for the site are also displayed in the
window. Use the , <*>, , , , and keys to
move the light bar and highlight the desired option, then press < Enter > to select it.
Selecting an existing opunit from the Operable Units pop-up window closes the window. The
selected opunit appears in the Opunit field, and a pop-up window containing action options is
displayed. Section 7.3 describes the action options pop-up window.
Selecting the "Add Opunit" option places a new, system-generated opunit number in the Opunit
field and moves the cursor to the Opunit Name field. Type in an appropriate opunit name and
press < Enter >. The following message appears at the bottom of the screen: OPERABLE
UNIT NN HAS BEEN ADDED (NN - the new opunit number). When the message
disappears, a pop-up
7-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF
window of action options appears. Section 7.3 describes the action options pop-up window.
7.3 SELECTING AN ACTION OPTION
After the appropriate site (and opunit, if applicable) record has been selected (see Sections 7. 1
and 7.2), then a pop-up window of action options appears. Exhibit 7-5 presents an example of
this action options pop-up window.
RD/RA IMPLEMENTAT!ON OPTIONS
ADD NEW RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION SIF
EDIT EXISTING RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION SIF
RETURN TO INTEGRATED SIF MENU
T 1 Press <** to select
Exhibit 7-5 Action Options Pop-Up Window
The title of the pop-up window corresponds to the option selected on the Integrated SIF menu;
in this example, option 5, "RD/RA Implementation" was chosen. Options in this pop-up
window allow you to add a new record (SIF) to the database, to edit an existing record, or to
return to the Integrated SIF menu.
Note: A single ISIF record is typically comprised of many WasteLAN records
compiled and presented in a series of ISIF screens.
Usethe , <*>, , , ,and keys to move the light
bar and highlight the desired action option, then press to select it. The "Add New
... SIF" and "Edit Existing ... SIF" options are explained below.
7.3.1
Add New SIF
Choosing the "Add New ... SIF" option presents the following message at the bottom of the
screen: PREPARING ADD SCREEN(S). An ISIF data screen then appears. Section 7.4
describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.
7.3.2
Edit Existing SIF
If there are existing ISIF records for the chosen site and/or opunit, then selecting the "Edit
Existing ... SIF" option invokes a pop-up window that lists the existing records. Exhibit 7-6
presents an example of this pop-up window.
If no ISIF records exist for the chosen ISIF type, site, and/or opunit, then selecting the "Edit
Existing ... SIF" option presents the following message at the bottom of the screen: NO
RECORDS FOUND TO EDIT. When the message disappears, the Integrated SIF menu
reappears.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-5
-------
ISIF
RETURN TO INTEGRATED SIF MENU
AN01 FE 02/2 02/2 / / / /
T 1 «PgDn> - Press «J to select
Exhibit 7-6 Existing ISIFs Pop-Up Window
The first entry in the window is a "Return to Integrated SIF Menu" option. The other entries
list the ISIFs that exist for the selected site and/or opunit. Each entry shows the key event, lead,
planned start and complete dates, and actual start and complete dates of the primary ISIF record.
Note: The planned start and complete dates are in fiscal year/quarter (FY/Q) format.
Selecting an existing ISIF presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:
COLLECTING RECORDS FOR THIS ISIF ... A data screen then appears. Section 7.4
describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.
7.3.3
Fast Screen Access
The RD/RA Implementation ISIF consists of 15 data screens organized as follows:
Screens Type of Data in Screens
1-3
4-6
7-9
10-12
13-15
Remedial Design (RD)
Remedial Action (RA)
Long-Term Response (LR)
Operational and Functional (OF)
Operations and Maintenance (OM)
The ISIF module includes a Fast Screen Access feature that provides immediate access to the
first of each of these five sets of screens (i.e., screens 1, 4, 7, 10, and 13) if data is present.
7-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/n
VERSION 4.0
-------
t
ISIF
This feature reduces the number of screens to must be page4 tough to ge, » Che appropriate
screen.
For example, suppose the "RD/RA Implementation" option was selected from the Integrated SIF
menu, and an existing record was chosen that includes both RD and RA data. Selecting the
existing ISIF would activate a Fast Screen Access pop-up window like the one shown in Exhibit
7-7.
RD1
RA1
SCREEN 1
SCREEN 4
Exhibit 7-7 Fast Screen Access Pop-Up Window
Selecting an option in the Fast Screen Access window displays the corresponding data screen.
Section 7.4 describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.
7.4 ENTERING DATA
As in other WasteLAN modules, data in the ISIF module is entered and edited using data
screens. Exhibit 7-8 presents an example of a typical ISIF data screen.
RESPONSIBLE PARTY SEARCH
SCREEN 1 OF 2
REF NO.: 00077 EPA ID: HE95700245Z2 NAHE: SKITHFIELD UASTE & TRASH
i RESPONSIBLE PARTY SEARCH - HS01
LEAD: FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
PLAN STATUS:
SCAP NOTE:
PLAN ACTUAL
START DATE: / / /
COMPLETE DATE: / / /
. LETTERS TO PRPS
TYPE OF LETTER:
DATE LETTER SENT: NUMBER OF RPS:
Next Previous Add Edit Delete Continue t 1
G
RP SEARCH OUTCOME
NO. RPS IDENTIFIED: 0 SITE CLASSIFICATION: HO DETERMINATION
Exhibit 7-8 Typical ISIF Data Screen
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-7
-------
ISIF
The title at the top of the data screen corresponds to the option selected on the Integrated SIF
menu. A screen sequence indicator is displayed to the right of the screen title. Typically, more
data elements are available than can fit on one data screen. The screen sequence indicator shows
where the currently displayed screen fits in the sequence of screens; e.g., "Screen 1 of 2,"
"Screen 2 of 4," etc.
The remainder of the screen contains data fields; related data fields are grouped together as sets
in boxes. Some of these sets of related data fields are designated as repeat fields. Repeat fields
allow multiple entries of the same set of data elements. Section 7.4.1 provides more information
on repeat fields.
ISIF data screens generally operate like the data screens in other WasteLAN modules. When
an ISIF data screen appears, the cursor is located at the first data field. Add new data or change
existing data by typing the appropriate characters and pressing < Enter >. To leave existing
data unchanged, don't type anything; just press . Use the key to move
to each field and enter the appropriate data.
As in other WasteLAN modules, some fields on ISIF data screens are linked to pop-up windows.
A field name with a highlighted first letter indicates that a pop-up window of valid entries is
associated with that field. Entering invalid characters or pressing < Enter > without entering
any characters in a field linked to a pop-up window activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 7-9
presents an example of a typical ISIF data screen pop-up window.
t
LETTER TYPES
DL DEMAND LETTERS ISSUED
IL INFO REO LTRS ISSUED, C104(E))
NI NOTICE LETTERS ISSUED
NU NOTICE OF S. 122 WAIVER ISSUED
SN SPECIAL NOTICE ISSUED
f
T I - Press *" to select
Exhibit 7-9 Typical ISIF Data Screen Pop-Up Window
Use the < t >,<*>, , , , and keys to move the light
bar and highlight the desired entry, then press to select it. This action closes the
pop-up window and places the selected entry in the field.
Pressing < Enter > at the last data field or repeat field status line on the screen invokes the
main status line. Options on the main status line are used to add, edit, or save data on the
current screen, or to access a different screen. Section 7.4.2 provides more information
concerning the main status line.
7-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/9
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF
7.4.1
Using Repeat Fields
field.
are
a repe*
Une.
7,0
a repea,
status line.
Next Previous Add Edit Delete Continue [A]
t
Exhibit 7-10 Repeat Field Status Line
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing < Enter >. Options
on repeat field status lines are described below.
Next - displays the next repeat field entry in the database. Entering "N" when no entries exist
in the database or when the last (or only) entry is already displayed results in the
message END OF SELECTED LIST.
Previous - displays the previous repeat field entry in the database. Entering "P" when no entries
exist in the database or when the first (or only) entry is already displayed results in the
message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Add - enables the addition of a new repeat field entry to the database. Entering "A" places the
cursor at the first data field within the repeat field entry box. Type the appropriate data
and press < Enter > to move to the next data field in the repeat field entry box.
Pressing < Enter > at the last data field in the repeat field entry box returns the cursor
to the repeat field status line.
Edit - permits modification of the currently displayed repeat field entry. Entering "E" places
the cursor at the first data field within the repeat field entry box. Make the appropriate
changes and/or press < Enter > to move to the next field. Pressing at the
last data field in the repeat field entry box returns the cursor to the repeat field status
line. Entering "E" when no entries exist in the database for the currently selected repeat
field displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: NO RECORDS TO
EDIT.
Delete - used to the delete the currently displayed repeat field entry. Entering "D" displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type
"Y" and press < Enter > to delete the record and return to the repeat field status line.
Continue - used to leave the current repeat field and access the next field on the data screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-9
-------
ISIF
7.4.2
When a repeat field is first accessed, this is the default option, so pressing < Enter>
immediately moves the cursor to the next field on the screen. If a repeat field is the last
field on the screen, then choosing the "Continue" option activates the main status line at
the bottom of the screen (see Section 7.4.2, below).
Using the Main Status Line
The main status line on ISIF data screens is accessed by pressing < Enter > at the last data field
on the screen. If the last data field is a repeat field, select the "Continue" option to access the
main status line. Exhibit 7-11 illustrates the main status line.
Add Edit Forward Back Save Leave [A]
Exhibit 7-11 Main Status Line
The status line pictured in Exhibit 7-11 represents a "master" example showing every possible
main status line option. Some options will not appear in some cases. For example, the
"Forward" option will not appear on the last screen in a sequence of screens; likewise, the
"Back" option will not appear on the first screen in a sequence of screens. Neither of these
options will appear if there is only one screen in the sequence, i.e., "Screen 1 of 1."
The "Add" option only appears on the main status line of the last (or only) screen in the
sequence of screens, and it is only available when the "Add New ... SIF" option is selected in
the action options pop-up window (see Exhibit 7-5). Similarly, "Save" is only available when
the "Edit Existing ... SIF" option is selected in the action options pop-up window.
Select an option on the main status line by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and
pressing < Enter>. Main status line options are described below.
Add - records new data to the database. After adding the appropriate information, press the
< Enter> key at the last data field on the (last) screen to access the main status line.
Entering "A" displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: UPDATING
ALL FILES ... When the message disappears, the Integrated SIF menu reappears.
£dit - use this option to make additional changes after initially adding or editing data on the
current screen. Entering "E" returns the cursor to the first data field on the screen.
Make the appropriate changes and/or press < Enter > to move to the next field.
Continue to use the < Enter > key to move to each field on the screen and make the
necessary changes. Pressing < Enter > at the last field on the screen returns the cursor
to the status line.
Forward - used to exit the current screen and access the next screen in the sequence.
Back - used to exit the current screen and access the previous screen in the sequence.
7-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF
Save - records changed data to the database. After editing the appropriate information, press
the < Enter > key at the last field on the screen to access the main status line. Entering
"S" displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: UPDATING ALL
FILES ... When the message disappears, the Integrated SIF menu reappears.
Leave - used to exit the current screen and return to the Integrated SIF menu. Entering "L"
displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: NO RECORDS
UPDATED. When the message disappears, the Integrated SIF menu reappears.
Caution: Entering "L" before adding or saving new or changed data discards all
additions or changes and displays the Integrated SIF menu.
t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-11
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 8
LINKS
t
I
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
0
t
-------
LINKS
CHAPTERS: LINKS
The Links module of WasteLAN provides the means to create relationships between events and
events, events and activities, and activities and activities at a site. Link information can be used
to generate output that presents a graphical overview of the flow of events and activities at a site.
Link information can also be used to present integrated program management reports.
This chapter describes the overall function of the Links module and provides details on accessing
and using the Links module. The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance document
provides further information on creating links, including the rules that apply to establishing link
relationships.
8.1
OVERVIEW OF LINKS
The Links module allows WasteLAN users to connect related events and events, events and
activities, and activities and activities at a Superfund site. The resulting link records can be used
to generate output that presents a snapshot view of the site's status. The remainder of this
section highlights the key factors involved in link creation.
8.1.1
Types of Links
The following paragraphs describe the three types of link relationships that can be established
in WasteLAN. Each of these link types can define one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-one
relationships. However, there must be a single source point (event or activity record) at the
beginning of any relationship "cluster."
1) Event to event. An event may be related to or may trigger another event.
2) Event to activity. A response event may lead to or be related directly to an
enforcement activity. An enforcement activity may also lead to or be related
directly to a response event.
3) Activity to activity. An enforcement activity may lead to or be related directly to
another enforcement activity.
8.1.2 Preparation for Links Data Entry
Before link records are entered in WasteLAN, certain information-gathering procedures should
be performed. The following paragraphs outline these preparatory measures. The
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance document provides further direction concerning
the determination of specific link relationships.
t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-1
-------
t
LINKS
t
8.1.3
1) Obtain appropriate reports. Obtain hardcopy reports identifying all enforcement
activities and response events recorded for the site(s) for which links will be
entered. Suggested reports include NPL and Non-NPL SCAP Site Summary
reports (SCAP 1 and SCAP 2), SIFs, and the Chronological Site Report (SITE
5).
2) Examine dates and possible connections between events/activities. Look at the
actual start and complete dates of events and activities. Note the apparent
associations. Refer to the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance
document, which defines event/activity relationships.
3) Determine logical sequence and relationships of events/activities. If the
completion date of one event or activity is the same as the start date of another
activity or event, assume that there is a relationship between the two. For
example, if an order was signed on 12/15/89 and a removal has the same start
date, an obvious link exists between the activity and event.
4) Identify conflicts. If the actual order and relationship of events and activities does
not follow the logical programmatic order and relationship, contact the
appropriate personnel to resolve the issue. The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links
Coding Guidance document details the proper programmatic order of linked
events and activities and lists the appropriate personnel to contact.
5) Create a manual site map. Sketch out a site map that diagrams the link
relationships determined in step 3. The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding
Guidance includes an appendix of forms that aid in drawing the site map. Use
this hand-drawn site map as a guide when entering records in the Links module.
Link Records in CERCLIS
Link records are entered in WasteLAN via the Links or ISIF module. These records are
designed to be incorporated into CERCLIS automatically as part of the weekly regional upload.
Manual link data entry in CERCLIS should only be performed under emergency conditions. The
mainframe flags all manually entered link records. The flag is deleted and the manually entered
record is overwritten when an add record is uploaded from WasteLAN.
8.1.4
Link Creation in the ISIF Module
The Integrated Site Information Form (ISIF) module of WasteLAN presents an alternative
method of link data entry. ISIF contains several types of Site Information Forms (SIFs) that
generate automatic links between events/activities included on the same form. However, links
between SIFs must still be entered manually.
For example, the RI/FS Implementation SIF will automatically generate a link between the
RI/FS (CO) and Record of Decision (RO) events. The RD/RA Implementation SIF will
automatically generate links from Remedial Design to Remedial Action (RD->RA), from
8-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
LINKS
Remedial Action to Long Term Response (RA->LR), and from Long Term Response to
Operations and Maintenance (LR->OM). But the link between RO and RD, connecting the
SIFs, must be entered manually using the Links module. The Integrated SIF menu includes an
option that provides access to the Links module.
8.1.5
Links Output
Link information can be used by any report, in WasteLAN or in CERCLIS, to determine
standard durations and outcomes. In addition, WasteLAN offers the capability of producing a
Site Links Map that provides a visual representation of the relationships between all linked
events and activities at a site. The Site Links Map is accompanied by the Site Links List, which
is an ordered list and coordinate chart of all the link records used to create the Site Links Map.
Additional WasteLAN and CERCLIS reports that use Link information are currently being
defined. Existing reports may also be reprogrammed to use Link information.
Options used to produce the Site Links Map and Site Links List will eventually be available in
two places in WasteLAN: the Maps Report Panel, and the ISIF Report Panel, Operating
procedures for both Panels will be virtually the same. However, the Maps Report Panel will
be accessed from the Reports module and will not allow the production of any ISIF output (all
ISIF functions are disabled). In contrast, the ISIF Report Panel is accessed from the ISIF
module and can be used to produce both ISIF and Links output.
The ISIF Report Panel is presented and described in Appendix B to this manual. Although the
Maps Report Panel is not presented, its appearance and function will be virtually the same as
those of the ISIF Report Panel. Access to the Maps Report Panel will be provided as an option
on the WasteLAN Reports menu.
8.2
ACCESSING THE LINKS MODULE
Access to the Links module is available in several places in WasteLAN. Links access is
provided on the WasteLAN main menu, in the Menu options window of Event and Activity
Summary screens, and on the Integrated SIF menu. Regardless of the access point, data entry
procedures in the Links module are the same.
To access the Links module from the WasteLAN main menu, first log in to WasteLAN (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 6, "Links." A Links
site selection window appears. This window is presented and described in Section 8.3.1.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-3
-------
t
LINKS
8.3 USING THE LINKS MODULE
8.3.1 Selecting a Site
Once the Links module is accessed, a Links site selection window appears. If no site records
have been accessed during the current login session, then a "0" appears in the Ref No. field and
no site name is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 8-1.
REF NO.: 00077 NAME:
PRESS TO EXIT
VER 2.0
Exhibit 8-1 Links Site Selection Window (No Previous Site Accessed)
If a site record has been accessed during the current login session, then the reference number
and name of the last site accessed appear in the Links site selection window. Press
to select the displayed site (if there is one), or type the appropriate site reference number and
press < Enter >.
The reference number, site name, and any existing link records for the selected site appear in
the window, as illustrated in Exhibit 8-2. If no link records exist for the selected site, then the
following message is displayed in the window: NO LINKS FOUND FOR THIS SITE.
To select a different site, press < Esc > to return to the Links site selection window. Then,
type in a different site reference number and press < Enter >. The Links file for the newly
selected site will appear.
8-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
LINKS
R£F MO.: 00077 NAME: SMITHMELO WASTE & TRASH
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
02
02
02
03
<1NS>
C01
MA1
RA1
RD1
R01
TG1
C01
RA1
RD1
R01
C01
fuj
VAJ
01
01
01
01
01
02
02
02
1
FVT "ftTT
FI01
RA1
R01
R01
COl
HA1
FI01
RD1
R01
C01
FI01
TO ADD LINK RECORD(S)
TO HARK/UNHARK
FOR
TO SAVE AND EXIT
DELETION
VER 2.0
t
Exhibit 8-2 Links Pop-Up Window (Existing Link Records for Selected Site)
8.3.2 Understanding the Links Display
Refer to the Links window example presented in Exhibit 8-2. The left-hand OU and EVT/ACT
columns of the Links window represent links "from"; the right-hand OU and EVT/ACT columns
represent links "to." In this example, the first link record listed leads from an Administrative
Order on Consent record (AC01) to a Combined RI/FS (COl) record at operable unit 01.
Important'. The link records are listed in alphabetical order by event or activity code
within operable unit order; they are not listed in programmatic order.
The "from" (left) side of the link determines the order in which the link records appear in the
window. Thus, links that lead from an enforcement activity (and therefore have no operable
unit) are listed first. Links leading from events at operable unit 00 are listed next, followed by
links from events at operable unit 01, and so on.
8.3.3
Adding a Link Record
To add a new link record, first access the Links module and select the appropriate site (see
Sections 8.2 and 8.3.1). Then, follow the steps below to enter the new link information.
1. Press the < Ins > (Insert) key, usually located on the lower right side of the
keyboard.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-5
-------
LINKS
Result: A blank reverse-video bar appears below the existing link records, with the
cursor positioned for data entry at the first field in the "from" side (far left) of the link.
2. Type the appropriate operable unit number of the "from" record and press
< Enter >.
Important: If the "from" record is an enforcement activity, leave this area blank and
just press < Enter >.
Type the appropriate event or activity code of the "from" record and press
< Enter >. Hint: Event codes consist of a two-letter code followed by a
one-digit sequence number (C01). Activity codes consist of a two-letter code
followed by a two-digit sequence number (AC01).
Type the appropriate operable unit number of the "to" record and press
< Enter >.
Important: If the "to" record is an enforcement activity, leave this area blank and just
press < Enter >.
5. Type the appropriate event or activity code of the "to" record and press
< Enter >. Hint: Event codes consist of a two-letter code followed by a
one-digit sequence number (C01). Activity codes consist of a two-letter code
followed by a two-digit sequence number (AC01).
Result: If the records entered are valid (i.e., both exist in the WasteLAN
database), the following message appears at the bottom of the screen: LINK
ESTABLISHED. The system remains in "insert mode," allowing the addition
of more link records without requiring the key to be pressed each time.
Note: As links are added, they are placed at the bottom of the display of link records.
The new links are not placed in proper numerical/ alphabetical order until the Links
window is closed and reopened later.
6. After all links have been added, press to exit insert mode.
Important: Once a new link record has been added, it cannot be
modified. The link record must be deleted and added again with the
changed information.
8-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
LINKS
8.3.4
Error Conditions
There are several types of incorrectly entered links that result in error conditions. Examples of
incorrect links include links involving non-existent events, activities, or operable units, duplicate
link records, and circular links (where an event or activity leads back to an event or activity in
the same link chain).
The system rejects these incorrect links and displays error messages describing the nature of the
error. The cursor returns to the first field in the reverse-video data entry bar. Use the
< Enter > key to move to each field in the bar and make the necessary change(s). Press
at the last field (the "to" side of the link) to process the change(s). If the change(s)
corrected the error, then the LINK ESTABLISHED message appears. If the link is still
incorrect, the corresponding error message is displayed.
A maximum of nineteen link records can be entered in one link data entry session. When the
memory is full of newly entered links, the following message appears on the screen:
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LINKS ENTERED FOR THIS SESSION. The system
automatically saves the information and returns to the Links site selection screen (see Exhibit
8-1).
To continue to enter links for the same site, press < Enter > to accept the site reference
number. Press to begin the data entry process again.
Caution: When the links file is reopened for the same site, the link records will not
be displayed in the order in which they were just entered. The links will be arranged
in alphabetical order within operable unit order according to the "from" (left) side of
the link.
t
Hint: If you are using a worksheet and have a long list of links to enter, draw a line on the
worksheet after every nineteenth link record. This measure will help you keep track of which
links were actually entered and saved before the maximum links situation occurred.
8.3.5
Deleting a Link Record
The (Delete) key (usually located on the lower right side of the keyboard) functions as
a toggle switch to mark or unmark link records for deletion. This feature allows multiple link
records to be deleted at one time.
Important: Since link records are stored in a separate file, deleting an event or
activity record does not delete the associated link records. Likewise, deleting a link
record does not delete the associated event/activity records.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-7
-------
t
t
LINKS
To delete a link record, first access the Links module and select the appropriate site record (see
Sections 8.2 and 8.3.1). Then, follow the steps below.
1. Use the < t >,<*>,< Home > , and < End > keys to move the reverse-video
highlight bar and highlight the appropriate link record.
2. Press the key.
Result: The letter "D" appears to the left of the selected record to mark it for
deletion. To unmark a record selected for deletion, press again; the
letter "D" disappears.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all the appropriate link records are marked for deletion.
4. Press to exit the window and delete the selected records.
Result: A Links site selection screen (similar to the one shown earlier in Exhibit
8-1) will appear.
8.3.6 Links Batch Routine
The Links Batch Routine checks sites that have not been previously checked for circular and
multi-headed links. The batch routine uses WasteLAN report Audit-08 to list all sites and the
specific records with circular links, multi-headed links or both.
Upon saving changes to a Links file, the system will display the prompt, RUN BATCH EDIT
NOW? Selecting Yes will initiate the routine and return to the selection screen. Selecting No
will return the user to the selection screen.
-
8-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
LINKS
8.3.7
Exiting the Links Module
The key (usually located in the upper left corner of the keyboard) is used to exit the
Links module. The key functions as follows:
When a links file is open, i.e., a site has been selected and existing link records
are displayed (as in Exhibit 8-2), pressing saves and closes the fileand
then displays the Links site selection field (see Exhibit 8-1).
Pressing after marking link records for deletion displays the Links site
selection window (Exhibit 8-1).
During links data entry ("insert mode"), pressing ends insert mode and
moves the cursor to the top of the links list. Press again to display the
Links site selection window.
When the Links site selection window is displayed (Exhibit 8-1), pressing
displays the screen from which the Links module was accessed; i.e., the
WasteLAN main menu, an Event or Activity Summary screen, or the Integrated
SIF menu.
t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-9
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
CHAPTER 9
USER UTILITIES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
t
-------
t
USER UTILITIES
CHAPTER 9: USER UTILITIES
t
The WasteLAN User Utilities module provides access to two utility functions available to all
WasteLAN users: viewing news alerts, and changing a password. News alerts are created by
the WasteLAN System Administrator to notify users of important information. The Change
Password utility supports WasteLAN system security by allowing users to change their own
passwords.
To access the User Utilities module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter
2, Section 2.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then, select option 8 on the WasteLAN main
menu. The User Utilities menu appears, as illustrated in Exhibit 9-1.
ypun
1) NEWS ALERTS
2) CHANGE PASSWORD
ENTER SELECTION 1-2 Leave [ 1
Exhibit 9-1 User Utilities Menu
Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing < Enter >. Entering "L" (for
"Leave") displays the WasteLAN main menu. The following sections describe the User Utilities
options.
9.1
NEWS ALERTS
The News Alerts function is like an electronic bulletin board. News alerts are Items of
important information "posted" in WasteLAN by the WasteLAN System Administrator. Only
the WasteLAN System Administrator can add, edit,
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
9-1
-------
USER UTILITIES
and delete news alerts, but all WasteLAN users have view access to news alerts and should
check them regularly.
Selecting option 1 on the User Utilities menu displays the News Alerts screen. Exhibit 9-2
presents an example of the News Alerts screen.
t
11/06/91 PAGE 1
15:01:36
DATE NEWS ALERTS
01/18/91 1183: POP-UP MENUS MUST SHOW HIGHLIGHT BAR ON MONOCHROME
01/18/91 MONITORS
01/18/91 1653: TRAP "FILE DOES NOT EXIST" ERROR MESSAGE WHILE
01/18/91 RE1NDEXING IN SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION.
01/18/91 2194: ISIF ALLOWS ENTRY OF CO AND RD EVENT WITHOUT PS OR
01/18/91 ACTUAL ST AND PL COMP OR ACT COMPL. SEE CR #256.
01/18/91 2511: ISIF - PROVIDE ERROR MESSAGE IF 2 USERS TYRING TO
01/18/91 ACCESS SAME FILES AT ONCE
01/18/91 2527: ISIF - USER TRYS TO EDIT TAKEOVER FUNDING BOX
01/18/91 AFTER SELECTING EDIT AT BOTTOM OF SCREEN & NO
01/18/91 RECORDS
01/18/91 2528: ISIF ALLOWS USER TO EDIT FINANCIAL TYPE EVEN IF
01/18/91 SEQUENCE NUMBER IS ASSIGNED.
Forward Leave [ 1
Exhibit 9-2 News Alerts Screen
The upper left hand comer of the screen shows the current date and time. The central part of
the screen lists each news alert, next to the date the alert was posted.
If more alerts exist than can be seen on the first page, the status line will include a "Forward"
option for viewing the next page of alerts. Subsequent pages will include a "Back" option for
returning to the previous page of alerts. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line displays
the User Utilities menu.
9.2
CHANGE PASSWORD
Option 2 on the User Utilities menu allows users to change their own WasteLAN passwords.
Passwords should be changed on a regular basis, i.e., at least once every 90 days. Furthermore,
passwords should be kept confidential; do not inform anyone else of your WasteLAN password.
This measure promotes the security of WasteLAN data, since different users may have different
access rights to WasteLAN data.
9-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11
VERSION 4.0
-------
t
USER UTILITIES
Choosing this option presents the Change Password screen. Exhibit 9-3 shows an example of
the Change Password screen.
NAME: JUALKER
NEW PASSWORD:
RE -TYPE PASSWORD:
Edit Save Leave
[ 1
Exhibit 9-3 Change Password Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the New Password field. Type in your new password
and press < Enter >. Note: If the password is eight characters long, it is not necessary to
press . The password does not appear as it is typed; instead, an asterisk appears for
each character typed.
Once a new password has been entered, the cursor moves to Re-type Password field. Enter the
new password again, exactly as it was entered in the previous field. The cursor moves to the
status line, where "S" (for "Save") is the default option. Press to record the
password change to the database and return to the User Utilities menu. Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line displays the User Utilities menu without saving the password change.
If the password entered in the Re-type Password field does not match the password entered in
the New Password field, then the following message appears at the bottom of the screen when
the "Save" option is executed: PASSWORD TYPED INCORRECTLY. The cursor returns
to the New Password field. Carefully enter, re-type, and save the new password again.
To change the new password before saving it, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The
cursor returns to the New Password field. Enter and re-type the new password. The cursor
returns to the status line, where "S" (for "Save") is again the default option; press
to save the new password and return to the User Utilities menu. Entering "L" (for "Leave")
at the status line displays the User Utilities menu without saving the password change.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
9-3
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
APPENDIX A
WASTELAN
ERROR MESSAGES
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
-------
0
t
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
APPENDIX A: WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES
Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines associated with
data entry and option selection. Generally, error messages appear at the bottom of the screen
(highlighted in red on color monitors) and disappear after a few seconds. This Appendix lists
some of the most common error messages encountered in WasteLAN. The source (program
area, module, or screen) of the message is listed, along with the cause and/or resolution of the
error.
ERROR MESSAGE
A PLAN OR ACTUAL
START DATE MUST BE
ENTERED.
A PLAN COMPLETE OR
ACTUAL COMPLETE
DATE MUST BE ENTERED.
ACTUAL START DATE
CANNOT BE GREATER
THAN CURRENT DATE.
ACTUAL COMPLETE
DATE CANNOT BE
GREATER THAN THE
CURRENT DATE.
BEGINNING OF SELECTED
LIST.
END OF THE SELECTED
LIST
SOURCE
Data screens containing
Planned or Actual Stan and
Complete Date Fields
Data screens containing
Actual Start and/or
Complete date fields
Various screens
Various screens
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
The selected event or activity type
requires the specified date(s).
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate
Planned/Actual Start/complete
date(s).
The actual Start or Complete date
of an event or activity cannot be a
future date. In other words, the
Actual Start or Complete date
must be entered in the system on
the day of or after the actual start
or complete has occurred.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate Actual Start
and/or Complete date.
When the first record that satisfies
a certain condition is displayed,
selecting the "Previous" or "Back"
option presents this message.
When the last record that satisfies
a certain condition record is
displayed, selecting the "Next* or
"Forward" option presents this
message.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
A-
-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
NOT FOUND AT THIS
SITE... PLEASE RE-ENTER
Non-Site Specific module
This enforcement activity code
entered does not exist at the
selected site or is otherwise
invalid.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate enforcement
activity code.
EVENT NOT FOUND...
CANNOT UPDATE LEAD
Target Sites screen in Non-
Site Specific module
Choosing the "Update Lead From
Event File" option on the Target
Sites screen when there is no
corresponding event in the C2100
(event) database presents this
message. The target site lead will
remain unchanged.
A-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
EVENT SEQUENCE
NUMBER REQUIRED
'FED AGENCY PRF FIELD
MUST CONTAIN A 'Y' TO
ACCESS THIS FUNCTION
[FILENAME] FILE IN USE.
TRY AGAIN LATER
HISTORICAL DATA. NO
ADDS, MODIFIES,
DELETES ALLOWED.
< PRESS ANY KEY TO
CONTINUE >
SOURCE
Takeover field on Event
Summary screen ("ADD"
or "EDIT")
Site Summary screen 1 of 2
Various screens
ADD' or 'EDIT" data
screens, such as Event and
Activity Summary screens
for historical events or
activities
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
When an event code is entered in
the takeover, the code must be
followed by a sequence number to
distinguish between multiple
occurrences of the same takeover
event type.
Exception: The values "T" and
"TT" (indicating subsequent
takeovers) in the takeover fields do
not require a sequence number.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate sequence
number after the takeover event
code.
Selecting the "PRP Information"
option in the Menu options
window when the Fed Agency
PRP field contains an "N"
generates this message.
If appropriate, use the "Edit*
option on the status line to change
the Fed Agency PRP field to "Y."
When a record is being added in
WasteLAN, the system assigns an
FLOCKQ value of "F" (for
False") and presents this error
message, indicating that the file
cannot be locked. Try accessing
the file (adding the record) later.
An attempt was made to add,
change, or record delete data
classified as historical, or data
associated with a historical record.
Historical data is no longer
"active"; however, it remains
available for viewing purposes.
t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
IFMS TRANSACTIONS ARE
ASSOCIATED WITH THIS
RECORD - DELETION
DENIED
INVALID [SITE] NAME.
PLEASE RE-ENTER.
INVALID PHONE
NUMBER. . .PLEASE RE-
ENTER
INVALID SELECTION.
PLEASE RE-ENTER
INVALID ZIP CODE
...PLEASE RE-ENTER
SOURCE
Various "ADD"
"EDIT" data screens
and
Name field on Site Search
by State/Name and Site
search by Alias screens.
Data screens containing a
(contact) phone number
field
Various status lines
Data and Site Search
screens containing a zip
code field
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
If an event, enforcement activity,
or nonsite incident (NSI) activity
contains financial records that have
been updated with IFMS
information via CERCLIS, then
the corresponding event, activity
(enforcement or NSI), site, and
operable unit (if applicable)
records cannot be deleted from
WasteLAN.
No match exists in the database
for the characters entered. When
the message disappears, enter a
different name, Or, press
< ENTER > at the Name field to
access the status line, enter "L"
(for leave) to return to the Site
menu, and select a different site
search option.
The phone numbered entered
contains invalid characters or does
not contain enough characters.
When the message disappears,
enter the complete, correct phone
number.
The option selected does
appear on the status line.
not
Highlighted letters or numbers on
the status line indicate valid
entries.
When the message disappears,
enter an appropriate selection.
The zip code entered has an
invalid length. The zip code must
be 5 or 9 numbers long.
When the message disappears,
enter a valid zip code.
A-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
EVENT (EVENT
TYPEJHAVE BEEN
ENTERED
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
TYPE [ENFORCEMENT
DATA TYPE, E.G.,
MILESTONES! HAVE BEEN
ENTERED
ALL STATUTES HAVE
ALREADY BEEN ENTERED
NO [RECORD TYPE]
RECORDS FOUND FOR
THIS ENFORCEMENT
ACTIVITY
SOURCE
Event Summary "ADD"
screen
Data screens for supporting
enforcement data types,
e.g. milestones, remedies,
statutes, etc.
Summary or data screens
for Enforcement supporting
data types, e.g., milestones,
remedies, statutes, case
budget, etc.
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
A maximum of nine occurrences
of the same event type are allowed
per operable unit (opunit).
Additional occurrences of the same
event type must be entered under
a different opunit.
Enter the desired event type under
a different, existing opunit, or
create a new opunit. The Menu
options window accessed from an
Event Summary screen contains an
"Add Opunit" option that can be
used to create a new opunit.
The chosen enforcement activity
already contains the maximum
number of occurrences of the
selected data type.
No records of the selected type
have been entered for the specified
site and activity.
Generally, entering "A" (for
"ADD") at the status line allows
you to enter a new record of the
selected type for the chosen site
and activity. If you do not want to
add a new record, enter "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line.
t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
t
ERROR MESSAGE
NO [RECORD TYPE]
RECORDS FOUND FOR
THIS EVENT
NO RECORDS FOUND
NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
EDIT
NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
DELETE
OPERABLE UNIT (XX) NOT
FOUND AT THIS SITE...
PLEASE RE-ENTER
SOURCE
Summary or data screens
for Event supporting data
types, e.g., comments,
technical information,
chemical information,
financial information, etc.
Repeat fields (Alias
information screen, ISIF
data screens), ISIF action
options pop-up window
Opunit field on the Target
Sites Update screen in the
Non-Site Specific module
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
No records of the selected type
have been entered for the specified
site and event.
Generally, entering "A" (for
"ADD") at the status line allows
you to enter a new record of the
selected type for the chosen site
and event. If you do not want to
add a new record, enter "L" (for
'Leave") at the status line.
This message appears when no
records exist of the selected repeat
field or ISIF type.
At repeat fields, entering "A" (for
"ADD") allows you to add a new
record and entering "C" (for
"Continue") allows you to move to
the next field or status line on the
screen.
If you encounter this message at
the ISIF action options pop-up
window, the system automatically
returns you to the integrated SIF
menu.
A non-existing or otherwise
invalid operable unit (opunit) was
entered in the Opunit field.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate opunit.
A-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
PLAN START DATE
CANNOT BE GREATER
THAN PLAN COMPLETE
DATE
Data screens containing
Planned and/or Actual Start
and Complete date fields
ACTUAL START DATE
CANNOT BE GREATER
THAN ACTUAL
COMPLETE DATE
The Planned or Actual Start date
of an event or activity cannot
occur after the Planned or Actual
Complete date of the activity.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate Planned
and/or Actual Start and Complete
dates.
PLEASE MARK A
SELECTION WITH AN X.
ISIF Report Panel
The key was pressed
when no fields were selected in
the current window.
Type an "X" in the appropriate
field(s) to mark the desired
selection(s).
QUARTER DESIGNATION
MUST BE A 1,2,3, OR 4
Quarter selection and data
fields in the Non-Site
Specific module
An invalid character was entered
in the Quarter field.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate quarter of the
fiscal year (FY).
REFERENCE NUMBER
NOT FOUND
Site selection screens
The site reference number entered
on a site selection screen does not
exist in the data base.
When the message disappears,
enter the correct site reference
number, or enter "L" to leave the
site selection screen.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
A-7,
-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
REMEDY CODE MUST
INCLUDE SEQUENCER
(I.E., XXI) ... PLEASE
RE-ENTER
SCAP LOCKOUT
CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS
SITE LOCKING ENABLED
NO ADDS, EDITS,
DELETES ALLOWED
THIS [RECORD TYPE]
RECORD CANNOT BE
LOCKED
SOURCE
Remedies data screen
Screens containing the
following fields, which are
defined as SCAP fields:
Planned Start and Complete
dates (events and activities),
Planned Obligation fields,
and Planning Status fields
"ADD' or "EDIT" data
screens, such as Site,
Event, and Activity
Summary screens
Various screens
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
This message appears when a
remedy code is selected from the
Remedy Type pop-up window, or
when a remedy code without a
sequencer is manually entered in
the Remedies data screen.
A sequencer is a numeric indicator
that distinguishes between multiple
occurrences of the same remedy
type.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate sequence
number after the remedy code.
When the Global
A-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
EXISTS IN THE FUND
VALID TABLE
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
EXISTS IN THE
ENFORCEMENT VALID
TABLE
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete ACN/DCN
screens (for fund, case
budget, and NS1 financial
types)
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
EXISTS AT ANOTHER
EVENT
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR
EXISTS AT ANOTHER
ACTIVITY
ACN/SCN PAIR ALREADY
ADDED FOR THIS
ACTIVITY
The account number (ACN) and
document control number (DCN)
entered already exist in the
database.
A valid, unique ACN/DCN pair is
required for successful transfer of
financial data between WasteLAN
and IFMS (through CERCLIS).
When the message disappears,
enter the correct ACN and DCN
in the appropriate fields.
THIS DATE CANNOT BE A
FUTURE DATE.
(Compliance Status) Change
Date field on Activity
Summary Screen, and date
on financial data screens
(fund, case budget, cost
recovery, and NSI
financial)
This message is self-explanatory.
The date entered in the
(Compliance Status) Change Date
field on an Activity Summary
screen or the Date field on a
financial data screen cannot be
greater than the current date.
When the message disappears,
enter a valid date.
THIS IS AN INVALID
[DATA ELEMENT]...
PLEASE RE-ENTER
Various screens
Incorrect data was entered in a
particular field. For example, a
number was entered in a field that
requires alpha characters.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate data in the
Reid.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
A-9,
-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
THIS IS AN INVALID
ACCOUNT NUMBER-
PLEASE RE-ENTER
ACCOUNT NUMBER
CANNOT BE BLANK
AN ACN/DCN
COMBINATION IS
REQUIRED FOR THIS
FINANCIAL TYPE
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT
FOUND FOR THIS
ACTIVITY
THIS IS AN INVALID
DOCUMENT CONTROL
NUMBER... PLEASE RE-
ENTER
DOCUMENT CONTROL
NUMBER CANNOT BE
BLANK
AN ACN/DCN
COMBINATION IS
REQUIRED FOR THIS
FINANCIAL TYPE
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT
FOUND FOR THIS
ACTIVITY
THIS IS AN INVALID EPA
ID
SOURCE
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete ACN/DCN
screens (for fund, case
budget, and NSI financial)
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete ACN/DCN
screens (for fund, case
budget, and NSI financial)
EPA ID field on Site
Search by EPA ID screen
and Site 'ADD* and
"EDIT" screens
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
A blank or otherwise invalid entry
was entered in the ACN (account
number) field.
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate account
number in the ACN field.
A blank or otherwise invalid entry
was entered in the DCN
(document control number) field.
A valid, unique ACN/DCN pair is
required for successful transfer of
financial data between WasteLAN
and IFMS (through CERCLIS).
When the message disappears,
enter the appropriate document
control number in the DCN field.
The EPA ID entered does not exist
or is otherwise invalid. Consult
the CERCLIS documentation for
proper EPA ID format.
A-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
THIS RECORD IS BEING
EDITED AT ANOTHER
STATION!
Various screens
When a record is being added,
modified, or deleted, the
WasteLAN system places a lock
on a record by changing the
IN_USE value from "O" to "1."
This lock prevents other users
from updating the same record at
the same time.
Normally, when the update is
complete, the system changes the
IN_USE value from "1" back to
"0" to unlock the record.
However, a system disruption may
cause the record to remain locked
even when no one is accessing it.
Users encountering this problem
should contact the WasteLAN
System Administrator to have the
record unlocked.
WORK ASSIGNMENT NO.
MUST BEGIN WITH A 'C'
FOR 'TES' CONTRACT
VEHICLE
Financial data screens
The work assignment number
entered begins with a value other
than the letter "C."
When the message disappears,
enter a "C" in front of the work
assignment number.
YOU DO NOT HAVE
[PROGRAM AREA] RIGHTS
Example: YOU DO NOT
HAVE ENFORCEMENT
AREA RIGHTS
Various screens
Access rights to the selected
program area or module have not
been assigned to your user ID.
If you are authorized to access the
selected area or module, contact
the WasteLAN System
Administrator to obtain the
appropriate access rights.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
t
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CAUSE/RESOLUTION
YOU MAY NOT SELECT
BOTH REF NO. AND SITE
NAME.
ISIF Report Panel
Both the site reference number and
site name were selected in the
Print ISIF II by window (used to
define sort order).
The system cannot sort both of
these fields; specify one or the
"her.
A-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
WASTELAN
USER'S MANUAL
APPENDIX B
ISIF
REPORT PANEL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
FINAL
t
-------
t
t
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
APPENDIX B: ISIF REPORT PANEL
The ISIF Report Panel is a screen used to produce output from the ISIF and Links modules of
WasteLAN. The ISIF Report Panel is accessed from the ISIF module of WasteLAN, and it
includes options for printing Integrated Site Information Forms (ISIFs), Site Links Maps, and
Site Links Lists. The latter two forms of output are generated from the Links module; they
provide relational and linear representations of the events and activities occurring at a site.
Note\ Eventually, the WasteLAN Reports menu will include a Maps Report Panel
option that can also be used to produce Links output. The Maps Report Panel will be
virtually the same as the ISIF Report Panel in appearance and operation, except that
the ISIF options will be disabled in the Maps Report Panel.
t
This Appendix presents an overview of the ISIF Report Panel and explains how to access, use,
and exit the Panel. Descriptions and examples of the Site Links Map and Site Links List are
also included.
B.I
OVERVIEW OF THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
The ISIF Report Panel is a single screen that contains all of the controls and selection criteria
needed to produce ISIF and/or Links output. The Panel uses a combination of single-letter
keystrokes, pop-up menus, and boxed screen areas (windows) to direct site and sort selection
and printing parameters. Features of the ISIF Report Panel are highlighted below.
The Panel is easy to use. Simple keystrokes, pop-up menus, and message areas all guide
the user easily through site, sort, and output selection options.
The Panel is interactive. New site selections appear as soon as selection criteria are
changed. Error messages indicate improper keystrokes.
The Panel is 'network smart." Multi-user capability allows simultaneous printing from
multiple stations on the network. This feature promotes efficient output distribution
during SCAP data collection periods.
The Panel provides flexible output capabilities. Printing function options allow output
to be sent to a network printer, a local printer, or a capture file.
t
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-l
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
B.2 ACCESSING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
To access the ISIF Report Panel, first log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 of this manual for system access procedures). Then, select option 5,
"ISIF." Selecting this option presents the Integrated SIF menu illustrated in Exhibit B-l.
t
1} RP SEARCH 6) LITIGATION/OUTCOME
2) RI/FS NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 7) MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
3) Rl/FS IMPLEMENTATION 8) ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
4) RD/RA NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME 9) EVENT/ACTIVITY LINKS
5) RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION 10) ISIF REPORT PANEL
ENTER SELECTION 1-10 Leave t )
Exhibit B-l Integrated SIF Menu
not been accessed yet dunng the current login session,
^
Note: Due * screen limitations in ft, ISIF Report Panel, son* of the ,onger even,
and activity names may be truncated.
B-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
1 i -a J r iirt i '
x=filled out, b=blank
X ALL
X RP SEARCH
X RI/FS NEC. /OUTCOME
X RI/FS IMPLEMENTATION
X RD/RA MEG. /OUTCOME
X RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION
X LITIGATION/OUTCOME
X MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
X ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
x=merk, space=iinmark
1 SITE NAME
REf NO.
" STATE
~ SECTION
~ 8PM
i « I t i rii^r v
NPL IND -i
X NPL
non-NPL
₯/ RMVL
SECTION -
X ALL
X CT
X ff
X MAI
X MA2
X ME/VT
__ onu
sn i r n n J_ k.
_ STATE -
X ALL
X CT
X MA
X ME
X NH
X RI
X VT
X ZA
X ALL
X
X BROUN
X BYRNE
X CALOER
X CASSIDY
ALL
~ CT 00064 BARKHAMSTEO-NE
~ CT 00003 BEACON HEIGHTS
~ CT 00342 CHESHIRE ASSOC
CT 00098 DURHAM MEADOWS
~ CT 00100 GALLUP 'S OLJARR
~ CT 00033 KELLOGG-DEERIN
~ CT 00004 LAUREL PARK, I
~ CT 00053 LINEMASTER SW!
" CT 00082 NUTMEG VALLEY
~ CT 00354 OLD SOUTHINGTO
2 CT 00099 PRECISION PLAT
~ n nnnsi BFVFBF TFKTIIP
k> 1 WUJ*t KCVCnC 1 CA 1 IUC
~ CT 00645 SOLVENTS RECOV
CT 00085 US NAVAL SUBHA
CT 00016 YAUORSKI WASTE
~ MA 00050 ATLAS TACK CO
3 MA 00041 BAIRO & MCGU1R
TAB to goto next window Print View site list Quit
t
Exhibit B-2 ISIF Report Panel
Section B.3 describes how to use the ISIF Report Panel.
B.3 USING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
The ISIF Report Panel (Exhibit B-2) is a single screen that contains all of the options needed to
print ISIFs, Site Links Maps, and Site Links Lists. The following paragraphs describe how to
use the ISIF Report Panel.
3.1 Navigating Through the ISIF Report Panel
Since the ISIF Report Panel consists of only one screen, navigating through the panel is simply
a matter of moving the cursor from window to window and making the appropriate selections.
Pressing the key moves the cursor forward to the next window, and pressing the
< Shift > and keys simultaneously moves the cursor back to the previous window.
Exhibit B-3 shows the sequence the cursor follows when moving forward through the windows.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-3
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
x=fill*d out, b=blank
X ALL 1
X RP SEARCH
X RI/FS NEG. /OUTCOME
X RI/FS IMPLEMENTATION
X RD/RA NEC. /OUTCOME
X RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION
X LITIGATION/OUTCOME
X MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
X ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
x=mark, space=unmark
1 SITE NAME
REF NO. 7
STATE
~ SECTION
8PM
TAB to goto next
i > i i * i nt*T *
NPL IND -i
X NPL 2
_ non-NPL
w/ RMVL
SECTION -
X ALL
X CT 4
X FF
X MA1
X MA2
X ME/VT
^____ OpM _
r STATE -
X ALL
X CT
X MA
X ME
X NH
X RI
X VT
X ZA
3
X ALL
X
X BROUN 5
X BYRNE
X CALDER
X CASSIDY
ALL
~ CT 00064 BARKHAMSTEO-NE
~ CT 00003 BEACON HEIGHTS
~ CT 00342 CHESHIRE ASSOC
~ CT 00098 DURHAM MEADOWS
" CT 00100 GALLOP'S OUARR
" CT 00033 KELLOGG-DEERIN
~ CT 00004 LAUREL PARK, I
CT 00053 LINEMASTER SUI
CT 00082 NUTMEG VALLEY
~ CT 003S4 OLD SOUTHINGTO
~ CT 00099 PRECISION PLAT
a"" Onfl^i DPVFDF TFYTll F
VVU**1* KC VCKC 1 C-A 1 1 L-C
~ CT 00645 SOLVENTS RECOV
~ CT 00085 US NAVAL SUBMA
~ CT 00016 YAUORSKI WASTE
~ MA 00050 ATLAS TACK CO
~ MA 00041 BAIRD t MCGUIR
6
window Print View site list Quit
t
Exhibit B-3 Cursor Movement Sequence
Other keys used to operate the ISIF Report Panel are described below:
Delects a field within a window.
< Space bar >
(Blank)
(View)
(Print)
De-selects a field by blanking out the "X."
Used in the ISIF Type window to specify the production of a Wank
Integrated Site Information Form (ISIF). Blank ISIFs can be used as
turnaround documents; i.e., information can be written on the hardcopy,
which is then used as a source document for ISIF data entry.
Processes the field selections in a window without moving the cursor to
the next window. For example, pressing < V > in the NPL IND window
after changing a selection presents a new list of sites in the Site window
without moving the cursor to the next window.
Activates the Printing Functions pop-up window. This window is
presented and described in Section B.3.5.
<*>
Moves the cursor up one line within a window. This key has no effect if the
cursor is at the first field in the window.
Moves the cursor down one line within a window. This key has no effect
if the cursor is at the last field in the window.
B-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/U/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
Displays the previous page ("windowful") of fields within a window. This
key is most useful in the Site window because the Site window typically
contains more fields than can fit in one window.
Displays the next page ("windowful") of fields within a window. This
key is most useful in the Site window because the Site window typically
contains more fields than can fit in one window.
Moves the cursor to the top of the list of fields in the current page
("windowful") of a window. This key is most useful in the Site window
because the Site window typically contains enough fields to fill the
window.
Moves the cursor to the bottom of the list of fields in the current page
("windowful") of a window. This key is most useful in the Site window
because the Site window typically contains enough fields to fill the
window.
Selects, options in pop-up windows.
Performs two functions: cancels a selection made in a pop-up window,
and closes the pop-up window.
(Quit)Used to exit the ISIF Report Panel and return to the Integrated SIF
menu.
B.3.2 Selecting an ISIF Type
When the ISIF Report Panel first appears, the cursor is located in the ISIF Type window. The
default selection is all ISIF types. To de-select an ISIF type, use the < t > and < * > keys to
move the cursor to the appropriate type(s), and press the space bar to blank out the "X." To
specify the production of a blank ISIF to be used as a turnaround document, type "B" in the
appropriate field(s).
< Enter >
Note: ISIF type selection is only applicable when printing ISIFs. See Section B.3.5
for information on using the Printing Functions Pop-Up window to print ISIFs.
B.3.3 Selecting Sites
Several windows on the ISIF Report Panel are used to select specific sites or groups of sites for
inclusion in the final output. The paragraphs below describe the windows used to select sites.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-5
-------
t
ISIF REPORT PANEL
Note: De-selecting the "ALL" field at the top of any window de-selects all fields in
the window by blanking out all the "X"s. Pressing when no fields are
selected displays the following message at the bottom left side of the screen: Please
mark a selection with an X. The cursor will remain in the window until a selection
is made.
1) NPL IND.-.Fields in this window are used to specify National Priorities Listing (NPL)
sites, non-NPL sites, or non-NPL sites with removals. The default selection is NPL
sites. To select one of the other fields, use the < * > key to highlight the appropriate
field, and type "X" to select it. Press the key to process the selection and
move the cursor to the next window, or type "V" to process the selection and remain in
the NPL IND window. A change in NPL IND selection is reflected the Site window;
sites meeting the changed criteria are listed.
2) STATE - Pressing at the NPL IND window moves the cursor to the State
window, which lists all states in the regional database. The default selection is all states
in the region. To select a specific state or group of states, press the space bar to
de-select the "ALL" field. The system automatically blanks out the "X"s beside all the
state fields.
Use the < t > and < * > keys to highlight each desired state and type "X" to select it.
To de-select a state, press the space bar to blank out the "X." When all of the
appropriate states have been selected, press to process the selections and move
to the next window, or type "V" to process the selections and remain in the State
window. A change in state selection is reflected the Site window; sites meeting the
changed criteria are listed.
3) SECTION - The cursor moves to the Section window only if the "ALL" field is selected
in the State window. A section is a regionally defined data element that corresponds to
CERCLIS data element C0497 and appears as a regional field on Site Summary screen
2 of 2. The WasteLAN System Administrator can change the name of this regional field
to reflect its usage as a section indicator. Values for different sections can then be added
to the Site database (COOOO).
A section may be used to classify a site by a category other than state. For example, one
site may overlap into two states; it may be helpful to classify the site by a section instead
of by one or the other of the states in which the site is located.
The default selection in the Section window is all sections. Fields for other sections
appear as they have been defined by the WasteLAN System Administrator. Use the
, <*>, , , , and keys to move the
cursor within the Section window. Type "X" to select a section, or press the space bar
to de-select a section. Press to process the selections and move to the next
B-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
window, or type "V" to process the selections and remain in the Section window. A
change in section selection is reflected the Site window; sites meeting the changed criteria
are listed.
4) KPM - The RPM window lists the names of all Regional Project Managers (RPMs) in
the regional database. The cursor moves to the RPM window only if the "ALL" field
is selected in the Section window. Selecting (a) specific RPM(s) narrows down the
choices in the Site window by listing only those sites assigned to the specified RPM(s).
To select a specific RPM, press the space bar to de-select the "ALL" field. The system
automatically blanks out the "X"s beside all the RPM fields.
Use the <»> and < * > keys to highlight the desired RPM and type "X" to select it.
To de-select an RPM, press the space bar to blank out the "X." Press to
process the selections and move to the next window, or type "V" to process the
selections and remain in the RPM window. A change in RPM selection is reflected the
Site window; only those sites assigned to the selected RPM(s) are listed.
5) SITE - The Site window lists all of the site records that meet the criteria selected in the
NPL IND, State, Section (if applicable), and RPM (if applicable) windows. Specific
sites can then be selected or de-selected for inclusion in or exclusion from the final
output. Use the < t >,<*>, , , , and keys
to move the cursor within the Site window. Type "X" to select a site, or press the space
bar to de-select a site. Press to process the selections.
t
Remember. The and < Shift > keys can be used to move the
cursor to any of the windows mentioned above and change the displayed selections.
t
B.3.4 Selecting a Sort Order
Once the appropriate sites have been selected for inclusion in the output, they may be designated
for printing in a specific sort order. The Print ISIF II By window is used to specify the sort
order of the selected sites.
To access the Print ISIF II By window, press at the Site window. The default
selection is to print sites in Site Name order. The number "1" next to the Site Name field
indicates that this is the primary sort field. You may change the primary sort field and/or select
additional sort fields. Any combination of up to four (4) sort order levels may be specified.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-7
-------
IS1F REPORT PANEL
Exception: You may not specify both a site name and a Ref No. son. Selecting both
the Site Name and Ref No. fields displays the following message at the bottom left
side of the screen: You may not select both REF NO. and SITE NAME.
t
Changing the sort order does not affect how the sites are listed in the Site window; the change
only affects the actual, printed output. The sort order corresponds to the order in which fields
are selected in the Print ISIF II By window. For example, keeping Site Name selected as the
primary sort and typing an "X" at the State field designates State as the secondary sort key.
Even though you type an "X," a "2" appears to indicate the secondary sort.
To change the displayed sort order, use the < t > and < * > keys to move the cursor to the
primary sort field (indicated by a "1"). Press the space bar to blank out the "1." The system
will blank out all the other sort key selections. Move the cursor to the desired primary sort field
and type an "X"; a "1" will appear. Move the cursor to the desired secondary sort field and
type an "X"; a "2" will appear. Continue the selection process until the desired sort order is
displayed.
B.3.5 Using the Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
Once the appropriate site(s) and sort order have been selected, the output can be generated. The
Printing Functions pop-up window is used to specify how and where the output is produced.
When the ISIF Report Panel is displayed, the Printing Functions pop-up window can be activated
at any time by typing "P." Exhibit B-4 illustrates the Printing Functions pop-up window.
Printing Functions
RETURN TO ISIF REPORT SCREEN
PRINT AT THE SERVER
PRINT AT THE LOCAL PRINTER
SAVE OUTPUT TO A CAPTURE FILE
PRINT A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE
DELETE A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE
ISIF REPORT : ON
SITE HAPS : ON
LINKS LIST : ON
BEGIN PRINTING
Exhibit B-4 Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
The first two options in the window specify to which printer to send the printed output.
Important: The printer must be an HP LaserJet or 100% compatible laser printer.
B-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
Below the printer options are options for using capture files. Below the capture file options are
options that define the type of output to be produced. The last option in the window starts the
actual output process.
To select an option, use the < t >, < * >, , and keys to highlight it, then
press < Enter > to select it. Each option in the Printing Functions pop-up window is described
in detail below.
1) PRINT AT THE SERVER - Use this option to print output at a printer attached to the
local area network (LAN). The printer must be an HP LaserJet or 100% compatible
laser printer. Choosing this option activates another pop-up window listing all printers
available on the network. Exhibit B-5 depicts this Network Printers pop-up window.
Network Printers
OFF-Dot Printer
OFF-Laser Printer
HP Laser It!
HP Laser HID
Epson FX-286
(Okidata 2400)
(HP LaserJet)
(HP LaserJet)
(HP LaserJet)
(Epson Dot Ma)
Hint: If you are not sure which network printer to choose, talk to the regional LAN
Administrator or the WasteLAN System Administrator to determine which printer is
appropriate.
Exhibit B-5 Network Printers Pop-Up Window
Use the , <*>, , and keys to highlight the appropriate
printer, and press < Enter > to select it.
t
I
Selecting a network printer closes the Network Printers window and displays the name
of the printer next to the "Begin Printing" option at the bottom of the Printing Functions
pop-up window. Pressing the key without selecting a network printer closes the
Network Printers window.
2) PRINT AT THE LOCAL PRINTER - This option is used to print the output at a
printer attached directly to your workstation. However, as of this writing, local printing
is not supported in WasteLAN. Therefore, this option is currently inactive.
3) SAVE OUTPUT TO A CAPTURE FILE - A capture file is a file that stores output for
printing at a later time. This option is useful when a large volume of output (e.g.,
information for many sites) is to be produced. Instead of monopolizing a printer during
peak demand times, save a large volume of output to a capture file and print it later when
the printer is not in high demand. ISIF output capture files are stored in the
W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-9
-------
r
ISIF REPORT PANEL
t
Selecting this option activates a Capture to File pop-up window. Exhibit B-6 presents
an example of the Capture to File pop-up window.
t
Exhibit B-6 Capture to File Pop-Up Window
The Capture to File window lists any existing capture files, i.e., files to which data has
been saved previously. The window also includes an option for saving the output to a
new file; this option is the default option when the window first appears. Use the < t >
and < * > keys to highlight the appropriate file option and press < Enter > to select it.
Caution: Saving new output to a previously saved capture file overwrites the old
output information with the new output information.
Choosing the "New File" option presents a small window at the bottom of the screen;
this window is used to enter a filename for the new capture file. Exhibit B-7 presents
an example of the New Filename pop-up window.
Exhibit B-7 New Filename Pop-Up Window
Type the new filename and press < Enter >. The filename can be up to eight characters
long. The new filename (including the system-generated ".CAP" extension) appears next
to the "Begin Printing To" option at the bottom of the Printing Functions pop-up
window.
Warning: Do not type a filename extension. The ".CAP" extension is assigned to the
file automatically.
B-10
Select the "Begin Printing To" option to save the output to the new or existing capture
file. This action closes the Printing Functions pop-up window and begins the saving
process. Caution: Pressing before choosing the "Begin Printing To" option
closes the Printing Functions pop-up window without saving the output to the capture
file.
The bottom left side of the screen shows the site(s) selected for output and indicates that
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
4)
the output is being directed to the specified capture file. A flashing indicator at the
bottom right side of the screen signals that the output is being initialized, then mapped,
then printed. However, the output will not be printed. When these messages disappear,
the ISIF Report Panel windows return to their default selections.
PRINT A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE - Use this option to print output
previously saved to a capture file. Capture files are stored in the
W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory and remain available for printing until they are
deleted by a user.
Essential: Before a previously captured file can be printed, a printer must be selected.
The first two options in the Printing Functions pop-up window are used to select a
printer. See items 1 and 2 at the beginning of this Section for descriptions of these
options.
5)
After selecting a printer, highlight the "Print a Previously Captured File" option and
press < Enter >. The system presents a pop-up window listing the filenames of all
previously captured files. Exhibit B-8 presents an example of this Print File pop-up
window.
Priflt Til*
BASKULL.CAP
f
Exhibit B-8 Print File Pop-Up Window
Use the < f > and < * > keys to highlight the appropriate filename and press < Enter >
to select it. This action closes the Print File window. Caution: Pressing
before pressing < Enter > to select a file closes the window without making a selection.
After selecting the appropriate capture file, highlight the "Begin Printing To" option at
the bottom of the Printing Functions pop-up window and press < Enter > to select it.
This action closes the Printing Functions pop-up window and begins the printing process.
The bottom left side of the screen shows the site(s) selected for output and indicates that
the output is being directed to the specified printer. A flashing indicator at the bottom
right side of the screen signals that the output is being initialized, then mapped, then
printed. When the process is complete, the ISIF Report Panel windows return to their
default selections.
DELETE A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE - The system retains capture files in
the W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory until they are deleted by a user. Since capture
files can be quite large, old files should be deleted periodically to free up disk space.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-ll
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
Essential: Before a previously captured file can be deleted, a printer must be selected.
The first two options in the Printing Functions pop-up window are used to select a
printer. See items 1 and 2 at the beginning of this Section for descriptions of these
options.
t
6)
8)
After choosing a printer, highlight the "Delete a Previously Captured File" option and
press < Enter > to select it. A Delete File pop-up window appears, listing all existing
capture files. Exhibit B-9 presents an example of the Delete File pop-up window.
BASEBALL.CAP
Exhibit B-9 Delete File Pop-Up Window
Use the < t > and < * > keys to highlight the appropriate filename and press < Enter >
to select it. This action deletes the selected capture file and closes the Delete File
window. Pressing before pressing to select a file closes the window
without deleting the file.
ISIF : OFF/ON - This option is used to exclude or include Integrated Site Information
Forms (ISIFs) in the final output. ISIFs provide details on the events and activities
entered in the database for the selected site. In addition, blank ISIFs can be printed and
used as turnaround documents for data gathering and entry (see Sections B.3.1 and
B.3,2). When ISIFs are printed, they follow the same general format as the screens in
the ISIF module of WasteLAN.
This option works like a toggle switch; selecting the option invokes its opposite. If "ISIF
: ON" is displayed, then ISIFs will be included in the output. Conversely, if "ISIF :
OFF" is displayed, then ISIFs will be excluded from the output.
SITE MAPS : OFF/ON - This option is used to exclude or include the Site Links Map
in the final output. The Site Links Map is presented and described in Section B.4 of this
Appendix.
This option works like a toggle switch; selecting the option invokes its opposite. If
"SITE MAPS : ON" is displayed, then the Site Links Map will be included in the
output. Conversely, if "SITEMAPS : OFF" is displayed, then the Site Links Map will
be excluded from the output.
LINKS LIST: OFF/ON - This option is used to exclude or include the Site Links List
in the final output. The Site Links List is described in Section B.5 of this Appendix.
B-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
This option works like a toggle switch; selecting the option invokes its opposite. If
"LINKS LIST : ON" is displayed, then the Site Links List will be included in the
output. Conversely, if "LINKS LIST : OFF" is displayed, then the Site Links List will
be excluded from the output.
9) BEGIN PRINTING - This option begins the actual output process. Once the appropriate
sites have been selected for output, and the output destination and type have been chosen,
use this option to process your request for output. Text appearing next to this option
indicates the destination of the specified output.
Selecting this option closes the Printing Functions pop-up window and displays
information about the output request at the bottom of the screen. The bottom left side
of the screen indicates the site(s) selected and the destination of the output. A flashing
indicator at the bottom right side of the screen displays the status of the request, i.e.,
initializing, mapping, printing. When the process is complete, the ISIF Report Panel
windows return to their default selections.
B.4 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS MAP
The Site Links Map is a graphical overview of the events and activities occurring at a site. The
Map conveys the programmatic sequence of occurrences at a site by showing the relationships
between and the completion status of events and activities at the site.
Lines between events and activities on the Site Links Map indicate one-to-one, one-to-many, and
many-to-one relationships. Combinations of shading and boxing are used on the Map to to show
the Actual Start and Complete status of each event and activity listed. Exhibit B-10 presents an
example of a Site Links Map.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-13
-------
t
t
ISIF REPORT PANEL
11/01/JO
Sic* Vta*
ESA ID (MX HO.)
Section/ /MM
O.S. EPA SOTEWOHD PROQUW
INTEGRATED SITE IKTORMAT10K FORM (XSXT II)
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
KAB12345C18* (00007)
SITT LINKS MAP VI. 3
SITt WIDE COST RECOVUUt STXTOS* : Coct R*ee>v«ry Action to B* D*t«tBln«d
«* Cwt ltoc«***. etfd* «M> IMMI li
Ac niul COT< B»to»«nr. All C*
PM»J CMI HHwwy. MM VMM
D. M* CM «Mi»r). Al cna Willmi ON
C- CM ItaMvwy AeO»n T« I
«v«nc»)
.i--r
Clu»t«r : 01
ti--m/rvi-
n---K>ei
01 ---- MAI ----
(Onlink«d «v*nta wid/ec »etlviti««)
CE
Exhibit B-10 Site Links Map
Sections B.4.1 through B.4.8 describe the various features of the Site Links Map.
B-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
B.4.1 Headers and Footers
The headers and footers of the Site Links Map provide important identification information. The
header includes the following elements:
Date and time of printing
Title
Enforcement Sensitive Information reminder
Site name
EPA ID and site reference number
Section and RPM (if applicable)
* Output type (Site Links Map) and version number
The footer of the Site Links Map includes the following information:
Legend explaining boxing and shading features used on the Map
Site name
Page number
B.4.2 Site Wide Cost Recovery Status
The first box on the Site Links Map indicates the current cost recovery status of the site. The
box also lists all cost recovery status options; a new option can be circled to indicate an update
in site-wide cost recovery status.
B.4.3 Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events
The second box on the Site Links Map lists all Pre-Remedial events at the site that are not linked
to any other events. Unlinked Pre-Remedial events are listed according to the following order:
DS (Discovery)
PA (Preliminary Assessment)
SI (Screening Site Inspection)
ES (Listing Site Inspection)
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-15
-------
t
ISIF REPORT PANEL
HR (Hazard Ranking)
NP (Proposal to NPL)
NF (Final Listing on NPL)
If any Pre-Remedial events are linked to other events, they are presented in a cluster box instead
of in the Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events box.
B.4.4 Cluster Boxes
A cluster is a group of linked events and activities. All of the events and activities within a
cluster are related to each other, but they are not related to events and activities within other
clusters (even though they all belong to the same site). Each cluster is like a family tree,
showing the origin of each member (event/activity) and the relationships between members
(events/activities).
B.4.5 Boxing and Shading of Events and Activities
Boxing and shading are used to convey the Actual Start and Complete status of the events and
activities. As explained in the legend at the bottom of the Site Links Map, boxing and shading
combinations are used as follows:
No shading or boxing - indicates event or activity has no Actual Start and no Actual
Complete date.
Unshaded box - indicates event or activity has an Actual Start but no Actual Complete
date.
Unboxed, shaded area - indicates event or activity has no Actual Start date, but has an
Actual Complete date.
Shaded box - indicates event or activity has both an Actual Start and an Actual Complete
date.
B.4.6 How Links are Illustrated
The Site Links Map uses lines to illustrate the one-to-one, one-to-many, and many-to-one link
relationships between events and activities. A solid line indicates a "hard" link, which is the
major programmatic path in a one-to-many link relationship. A broken line denotes a "soft"
link, which indicates a lower programmatic significance of the link in a one-to-many
relationship.
B-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/H/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
B.4.7 Unlinked Events and/or Activities
The last box on the Site Links Map lists the events and activities (excluding Pre-Remedial) that
are not linked to other events or activities. The unlinked events and activities are listed in
columns corresponding to their respective operable units. Within each operable unit column,
events and activities are listed in logical order.
B.4.8 Error Messages
The ISIF Report Panel uses information entered in the Links module of WasteLAN to illustrate
linked events and activities on the Site Links Map. Situations may occur that result in errors
in the Links file. The ISIF Report Panel detects these error conditions and prints corresponding
error messages on the Site Links Map.
Important: Link errors listed on the Site Links Map must be corrected in the Links
module of WasteLAN. Access to the Links module is available on the WasteLAN
main menu, in the Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and
on the Integrated SIF menu. See Chapter 8 of this manual for instructions on using
the Links module.
Site Links Map error conditions are described below.
Duplicate links. As the message indicates, this error means that the Links file contains
duplicate records. The ISIF Report Panel disregards the duplicate record(s) and creates
the Site Links Map normally. The duplicate link error message displays the number of
duplicate link records and identifies each one.
No record found. This error condition results when the Links file contains an event or
activity record that does not exist in the WasteLAN database. The ISIF Report Panel
will create the Site Links Map and indicate where the missing record belongs in the
affected cluster.
Multiple roots. When a many-to-one relationship exists between events or activities
belonging to different clusters, a multiple roots condition is created. The resulting error
message on the Site Links Map indicates the specific record(s) involved. This is a major
error that invalidates the Site Links Map; illogical relationships and random links appear
on the Map.
Map cluster is wider than page. This message appears when there are more operable
unit columns in a cluster than can fit within the width of the page. The Site Links Map
prints as many columns as will fit within the page width; the remaining events and
activities are displayed in an overflow box beneath the affected cluster box. The
overflow events and activities are arranged in linked order in columns corresponding to
operable units.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-17
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
t
* Circular link. When event or activity in a chain eventually links back to an event or
activity in the same chain, a circular link results. This error condition causes an endless
loop in the Site Links Map. As with multiple roots, the error message on the Site Links
Map indicates the specific record(s) involved in the circular link. This is also a major
error that invalidates the Site Links Map; illogical relationships and random links appear
on the Map.
B.5 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS LIST
The Site Links List delineates all the events and activities that exist in the WasteLAN database
for a specified site. The Links Lists shows the sequential printing order and coordinates of the
listed events and activities. This sequential printing order is based on event and activity links,
operable units, and the logical order of event and activity occurrence. Exhibit B-l 1 presents an
example of the Site Links List.
The Site Links List also shows all existing link records for the selected site. Link records are
displayed in two columns: forward links show one-to-one and one-to-many relationships, in
"from -> to" order; backward links show one-to-one and many-to-one relationships, also in
"from <- to" order.
The remainder of this Section describes the features of the Site Links List.
B.5.1 Headers and Footers
Headers and footers on the Site Links List provide important identification information. The
header includes the following elements:
Date and time of printing
Title
Enforcement Sensitive Information reminder
Site name
EPA ID and site reference number
Section and RPM (if applicable)
Output type (Site Links List) and version number
The footer of the Site Links List includes the following information:
Site name
Page number
B-l 8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
11/01/90
1S:S>
Sit*
EPX 10 (SXT MO.)
Section//»*
c.s. OK sovraran PROOUIM
INTECM.TED SITE XXFOMatlOJt FORK (ISIF II)
IHHSIKJUIY IHDCSTRIES
KU91224Sf719 (00007)
SITS LIKKS KW V: .3
00-OISCVRY1
00-Nil
00-SI1
00-IMWUnci
00-HM. FIHU
HPL-SKO01
RI/rS-NCOl
oi-u/rsi
01-ROD1
RD/1U-WS01
01-RC1
01-wa
01-UM-Cfcl
01 -MU
00-DM AMZS1
S107-L01
OODS1
OOPX1
OOSI1
OOSJU
OOM71
OOHT1
SS01
FW01
01C01
01R01
U)01
01U1
01BJU
01CJU
01MU
OOKS1
SV01
F
OB
F
F
F
F
n
FE
r
rt
u
Ft
S
F
IX
11.01
00 (OO-OJ 0> I'.OI
W <0»«) 10.01
90 (0^0*1 1«.01
ticfti
01 Ml
01*01
*inoi
01IW1
(ion
01M1
OllUt
01CT1
81 HOI
*H01
C1KO1
DI
oicm
«1MA1
01IU1
«l«Ol
01HD1
01 (IMt) Z7.01
01 (ivoai »«
01 n»«) 11.01 ot/«o
01 i»W) n.oa
01 (2*OC| M.OI OOXJ
01 <»«> ir.ii
01 O94*) 0> J».01
01 (a»ioi 41.01
09 t»0-01) M.01
0 I
iiacnaRt XN&OSTKIU - F*?* 2
f
Exhibit B-11 Site Links List
5.2 Ordered List
The Ordered List appears on the left side of the Site Links List below the header. This list
shows all of the events and activities for the site in their logical printing order and includes
printing coordinates. This order is based on event and
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-19
-------
t
ISIF REPORT PANEL
activity links, operable units, and the logical order of event and activity occurrence. Records
printed in the Ordered List include the following information:
Operable unit (if applicable)
Event/activity short name and sequence number
Event/activity code (preceded by the operable unit again, if applicable)
Event/activity lead
Printing coordinates
B.5.3 Forward Links
The Forward Links column appears to the right of the Ordered List on the Site Links List. This
column shows linked events and activities in "from -> to" order. In other words, the link
records lead from the event or activity on the left side of the column to the event or activity on
the right side of the column. The links are listed in alphabetical order within operable unit order
according to the "from" side (left-hand) column of the link.
Forward links can represent one-to-one or one-to-many relationships. A unique event or activity
on the left side of the column linked to a unique event or activity or the right side of the column
indicates a one-to-one relationship. A repeating event or activity on the left side of the column
linked to unique events or activities on the right side of the column indicates a one-to-many
relationship.
B.5.4 Backward Links
The Backward Links column appears on the far right side of the Site Links List below the
header. This column also shows linked events and activities in "from < - to" order, even though
the arrow points in the other direction. However, the listed order of the link records is based
on the "to" side of the link. The links are arranged in alphabetical order within operable unit
order according to the "to" side (right-hand column) of the link. This arrangement is helpful
if you know the "result side" ("to") of a link and need to find its "source" ("from").
Backward links can represent one-to-one or many-to-one relationships. A unique event or
activity on the right side of the column linked to a unique event or activity on the left side of
the column indicates a one-to-one relationship. Two or more unique events or activities on the
left side of the column linked to the same repeating event or activity on the right side of the
column indicates a many-to-one relationship.
B-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
B.6 EXITING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
Before exiting the ISIF Report Panel, make sure all pop-up windows are closed. Then, type
"Q" (for "Quit"). The Integrated SIF menu will appear. Type "L11 (for "Leave") and press
< Enter > at the Integrated SIF menu to return to the WasteLAN main menu. Type "Q" (for
"Quit") and press < Enter > at the WasteLAN main menu to exit the WasteLAN application
and return to the LAN (AutoMAXX) menu.
03/11/92
VERSION 4.0
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-21
------- |